EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. - Welcome to...

NOVEMBER,2017

EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.

304-305, Rishabh Corporate Tower, Plot No. 16,

Community Center, Karkardooma, Delhi – 110092,

Phone: 011-30003200; E-mail : [email protected];

Website : www.eqmsindia.com

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

REPORT

For

Expansion of Existing Pesticide Plant for

Manufacturing of Technical Grade Pesticides

at

Village – Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur, Distt –

Pali, Rajasthan

By

INTECH ORGANICS LIMITED (Formerely known as Intech Pharma Pvt Ltd)

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.eqmsindia.com/

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Expansion of Existing Pesticide Plant for Manufacturing of Technical Grade Pesticides atVillage – Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur, Distt –

Pali, Rajasthan

EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. 2

Table of Contents

Chapter 1. Introduction ........................................................................................................ 12

1.1. Project & Project Proponent .......................................................................................... 12

1.2. Nature ofthe Project ....................................................................................................... 13

1.3. Importance & Benefits of Project ................................................................................... 13

1.4. Purpose of the EIA Study .............................................................................................. 13

1.5. Project Site Location ...................................................................................................... 14

1.6. Regulatory Framework .................................................................................................. 17

1.7. Public Hearing ............................................................................................................... 18

1.8. Approved Terms of Reference for EIA Study byMoEF&CC ........................................... 20

1.9. Structure of the EIA Report ............................................................................................ 30

Chapter 2. : Project Description ........................................................................................... 33

2.1. Project Site Details ........................................................................................................ 33

2.2. Land Requirement ......................................................................................................... 35

2.3. Products with Capacityforproposed projects .................................................................. 35

2.4. Manufacturing Process .................................................................................................. 38

2.5. Environmental Aspects: ................................................................................................. 58

2.5.1. Liquid Effluent Management .......................................................................................... 58

2.5.2. Emission Control System: - ........................................................................................... 60

2.5.3. Solid and Hazardous waste ........................................................................................... 63

2.5.4. Noise Environment ........................................................................................................ 64

2.5.5. Green Belt Development ............................................................................................... 65

2.5.6. Project Cost: .................................................................................................................. 65

2.5.7. Proposed CSR activities and budget ............................................................................. 65

Chapter 3. : DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ....................................................... 66

3.1. Background and Salient Environmental Features of the Study Area .............................. 66

3.1.1. Environmental Setting and Salient Environmental Features of the Project Area ............ 66

3.1.2. Primary Data Collection: Monitoring Plan and Quality Assurance Procedures ............... 72

3.2. Physical Enviroment ...................................................................................................... 76

3.2.1. Topography ................................................................................................................... 76

3.2.2. Drainage ........................................................................................................................ 76


Pali, Rajasthan


3.2.3. Geology ......................................................................................................................... 76

3.3. Hydrogeology ................................................................................................................ 77

3.3.1. Stage of Ground Water Development ............................................................................ 78

3.3.2. Depth to Ground Water Table ........................................................................................ 78

3.3.3. Seismicity of the Study Area .......................................................................................... 78

3.4. Land use ....................................................................................................................... 79

3.5. Meteorology................................................................................................................... 82

3.5.2. Met Data Generated at Site ........................................................................................... 83

3.6. Ambient Air Quality ........................................................................................................ 86

3.6.2. Observations on Ambient Air Quality (May 2017): ......................................................... 92

3.7. Noise Environment ........................................................................................................ 93

3.7.2. Observation on Ambient Noise Quality: ......................................................................... 95

3.8. Water Quality ................................................................................................................. 95

3.8.1. Ground Water Quality .................................................................................................... 95

3.9. Soil Quality .................................................................................................................. 104

3.9.1. General Characteristics of the Soil in the District ......................................................... 105

3.9.2. Methodology ................................................................................................................ 106

3.9.3. Analysis of Soil Samples ............................................................................................. 107

3.9.4. Observation on Soil Quality (Post Monsoon season 2016) .......................................... 108

3.9.5. Observation on Soil Quality (May 2017) ...................................................................... 112

3.9.6. Cropping Pattern ......................................................................................................... 112

3.10. Traffic Study ................................................................................................................ 115

3.11. Ecological Environment ............................................................................................... 117

3.11.1. Flora .................................................................................................................... 117

3.11.2. Fauna .................................................................................................................. 123

3.12. Socio-Economic Environment ...................................................................................... 127

3.12.2. Economic Structure ............................................................................................. 134

3.12.3. Workers Scenario ................................................................................................ 134

3.12.4. Basic Infrastructure Facilities Availability (as per the Census records of 2011) .... 139

Chapter 4. Impacts Assessment and Prediction ................................................................ 146

4.1. General ....................................................................................................................... 146


Pali, Rajasthan


4.2. Construction Phase ..................................................................................................... 147

4.3. Operation Phase ......................................................................................................... 149

4.3.1. Air Environment ........................................................................................................... 149

4.3.2. Model Details ............................................................................................................... 149

4.3.3. Predicted GLC due to INTECH Expansion Project ...................................................... 150

4.3.4. Meteorological Data ..................................................................................................... 151

4.3.5. Receptor Locations...................................................................................................... 151

4.3.6. Summary of Predicted GLC’s ...................................................................................... 151

4.3.7. Discussion of the Cumulative Impacts at monitoring locations: .................................... 155

4.4. Noise Environment ...................................................................................................... 161

4.4.1. Impacts due to Transportation ..................................................................................... 161

4.4.2. Impact of noise on community ..................................................................................... 161

4.5. Water Environment ...................................................................................................... 162

4.5.1. Water Demand ............................................................................................................ 162

4.5.2. Effluent Generation and Discharge .............................................................................. 163

4.6. Land/Soil Environment ................................................................................................ 164

4.6.1. Land Diversion ............................................................................................................ 164

4.6.2. Land Deterioration ....................................................................................................... 164

4.6.3. SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE ..................................................................................... 164

4.7. Biological Environment ................................................................................................ 164

Operation stage Impacts .......................................................................................... 166

4.8. Socio – Economic Environment ................................................................................... 168

4.9. INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................................... 169

Chapter 5. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...................................................... 170

5.1. Environment Management Plan (Construction and Operation Phase) ......................... 170

5.2. Fly ash Management plan ........................................................................................... 173

5.3. Rain Water Harvesting Plan ........................................................................................ 174

5.4. Environment Management Cell (EMC) ........................................................................ 174

5.5. Institutional Arrangement ............................................................................................. 175

5.6. Resource Conservation/ Waste Minimization .............................................................. 177

5.9. EMP for Biological Environment Quality ...................................................................... 179


Pali, Rajasthan


5.10. Budget for EMP ........................................................................................................... 183

5.11. Conclusion .................................................................................................................. 184

Chapter 6. Risk Assessment& DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................... 185

6.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................. 185

6.2. Risk Assessment ......................................................................................................... 185

6.3. Risk Screening Approach ............................................................................................ 187

6.4. Hazardous Materials Storage ...................................................................................... 195

6.5. QRA Approach ............................................................................................................ 195

6.6. Thermal Hazards ......................................................................................................... 196

6.7. Damage due to Explosion............................................................................................ 198

6.8. Toxic Release .............................................................................................................. 198

6.9. Data Limitations ........................................................................................................... 199

6.10. Likely Failure Scenarios .............................................................................................. 199

6.11. Weather Effect ............................................................................................................. 199

6.12. Incidents Impacts ........................................................................................................ 199

6.13. Consequential Impacts ................................................................................................ 200

6.14. Thermal and Explosion Hazards .................................................................................. 200

6.15. Toxic Hazards ............................................................................................................. 201

6.16. General Control Measures ........................................................................................... 201

6.17. Flammable Gas Fires .................................................................................................. 201

6.18. Process Safety System ............................................................................................... 201

6.19. Safety Recommendations............................................................................................ 204

6.20. Commonly Recommended Control Measures ............................................................. 204

6.21. Occupational Health and Safety .................................................................................. 205

6.22. Emergency Management Plan .................................................................................... 206

6.23. Many of the hazards are as result of working environment .......................................... 207

6.24. Key Process Safety Measures ..................................................................................... 207

6.25. Transportation: ............................................................................................................ 208

6.26. Emergency facilities ..................................................................................................... 217

6.27. Objectives ................................................................................................................... 217

6.28. Emergency Management Plan [EMP] .......................................................................... 217


Pali, Rajasthan


6.29. Responsibilities & Role of Key Personnel .................................................................... 219

6.30. Over all In-charge –Incharge Production / Manager Production).................................. 219

6.31. Chief Site Coordinator- Manager (Prod.) ..................................................................... 219

6.32. Chief Maintenance Coordinator- Manager (Maintenance)............................................ 220

6.33. Chief Service Coordinator - Manager (HR) .................................................................. 220

6.34. Chief Material Coordinator- Manager (Materials) ......................................................... 220

6.35. Incident Controller Concerned Plant -Manager Concerned Plant ................................. 221

6.36. Shift In-charge (Concerned Plant): .............................................................................. 221

6.37. Security Officer Vehicle Control and Security Personnel Deployment at the Locations 221

6.38. Fire & Safety Controller- Incharge (F&S) ..................................................................... 222

6.39. Fire Control Room In-Charge ...................................................................................... 222

6.40. Fire Supervisor should also ensure the following: ........................................................ 223

6.41. Post Emergency Recovery .......................................................................................... 223

6.42. Accident Investigation .................................................................................................. 223

6.43. Damage Assessment .................................................................................................. 224

6.44. Clean-up and Restoration ............................................................................................ 224

6.45. Conclusion &Recommendations .................................................................................. 224

Chapter 7. Summary and Conclusion ................................................................................ 226

7.1. Prelude ........................................................................................................................ 226

7.2. Regulatory Compliance ............................................................................................... 226

7.3. Baseline Conditions ..................................................................................................... 226

7.4. Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ......................................................... 226

7.5. Project Benefits ........................................................................................................... 227

7.6. Conclusion and Recommendations ............................................................................. 227

Chapter 8. Disclosure of Consultant .................................................................................. 229


Pali, Rajasthan


List of Tables

Table 1.1 : Details of permits and clearance applicable .............................................................17

Table 1.2 TOR Compliance Status ............................................................................................20

Table 2.1 : Salient Features of the Project ................................................................................33

Table 2.2 Land Distribution at Site (As per Approved ToR) .......................................................35

Table 2.3 Land Distribution at Site (As per Applied for Amendment of ToR) .............................35

Table 2.4 (A): Existing &Proposed products (as per approved TOR) .........................................35

Table 2.5 Material Balance for Methyl Bromide .........................................................................39

Table 2.6 Details of Raw Material with Quantity ........................................................................52

Table 2.7 Bulk Storage ..............................................................................................................56

Table 2.8 Water consumption & Waste water generation in Existing Plant ................................56

Cumulative Water Requirement and Water Balance Approved ToR and Applied for amendment

of ToR (received TOR on 11th September 2017 (Letter No. J-11011/327/2016-IA.II (I))} ...56

Table 2.9 Total water Consumption and Waste Water Generation ............................................57

Table 2.10 Effluent Standards for Pesticide Industry .................................................................60

Table 2.11 Stacks for Proposed Projects ..................................................................................61

Table 2.12 National Emission Standards for Pesticide Manufacturing and Formulation Industry

..........................................................................................................................................62

Table 2.13 Pollution Load .........................................................................................................63

Table 2.14 Hazardous Waste Generation Quantity ...................................................................64

Table 3.1 : Salient Environmental Features of Proposed Site ....................................................68

Table 3.2 : Summary of Methodology for Primary/Secondary Baseline Data Collection ............72

Table 3.3 Geological Sequence ................................................................................................77

Table 3.4 : Land use of the Study Area .....................................................................................79

Table 3.5 Long Term Meteorological Data of Ajmer (30 years’ average) ...................................82

Table 3.6 No. of days with zero oktas of cloud cover (Ajmer) ....................................................83

Table 3.7 Monthly Percentages of Calm Periods (IMD Ajmer) ...................................................83

Table 3.8 Site Specific Meteorological Data (Oct 2016 to Dec2016) .........................................84

Table 3.9 Site Specific Meteorological Data (May 2017) ...........................................................84

Table 3.10 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................................87

Table 3.11 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average) ......................................87


Pali, Rajasthan


Table 3.11 continued ........ ........................................................................................................88

Table 3.11 continued ........ ........................................................................................................89

Table 3.12 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average) ......................................90

Table 3.13 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ...........................................................93

Table 3.14 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area (Post Monsoon Season) ..........................93

Table 3.15 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area (May 2017) ..............................................94

Table 3.16 Ground Water Sampling Locations ..........................................................................95

Table 3.17 Surface Water Sampling Locations..........................................................................96

Table 3.18 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area (May-2017) ...............................................98

Table 3.18 continued, .......Ground Water Quality in the Study Area (May-2017) ..................... 100

Table 3.19 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area (May-2017) ............................................ 103

Table 3.20 Soil Sampling Locations ........................................................................................ 106

Table 3.21 Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil Oct-Dec 2016) ......................................... 107

Table 3.22 Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil (May 2017) .............................................. 110

Table 3.23 Area under Major Field Crops&Horticulture, 2010-11 ............................................ 113

Table 3.24 Production and Productivity of Major Crops, 2010-11 ............................................ 114

Table 3.25 Traffic survey near the plant site ............................................................................ 115

Table 3.26 : PCU Factors Applied for Different Class of Vehicles ........................................... 116

Table 3.27 Total PCU on single Lane Road near Plant Site .................................................... 116

Table 3.28 List of Flora within Core zone ................................................................................ 118

Table 3.29 List of Common Plant Species Present in Study Area ........................................... 120

Table 3.30 List of Medicinal Plants and their Medicinal Value ................................................. 123

Table 3.31 Mammalian Fauna reported in study area ............................................................. 125

Table 3.32 : Reptiles and Amphibian observed in Study Area ................................................. 125

Table 3.33 Avifauna Sighted during the primary survey .......................................................... 126

Table 3.34 : Caste-wise Population Distribution of 2.0-km Radial Zone................................... 128

Table 3.35 Caste-wise Population Distribution of 10-km radial Study Area ............................. 129

Table 3.36 Male-female wise Literates & Illiterates ................................................................. 133

Table 3.37 Village wise Occupational Pattern in the Study Area ............................................. 135

Table 3.38 Distribution of Work Participation Rate .................................................................. 136

Table 3.39 Composition of Non-Workers................................................................................. 139


Pali, Rajasthan


Table 3.40 Village wise Basic Amenities Availability in the Study Area ................................... 142

Table 4.1 Stack Parameters and Emission Details from Proposed Expansion Project (Process)

........................................................................................................................................ 150

Table 4.2 Emission Load Proposed Expansion Project (Process) ........................................... 150

Table 4.3 Summary of Maximum 24-hour Incremental GLC due to the Proposed Expansion

Project Stacks .................................................................................................................. 151

Table 4.4 : Summary of Maximum GLC at Monitoring Locations due to the Proposed

ProjectAmbient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average) .................................... 152

Table 4.5 CREP Guidelines Compliance ................................................................................. 167

Table 5.1 Environment Management Plan .............................................................................. 170

Table 5.2 : Ash utilization plan ................................................................................................ 173

Table 5.3 Table: Ecological criteria & Observations ............................................................... 179

Table 5.4 Species suggested for plantation under Greenbelt Development Programmed ....... 181

Table 5.5 Greenbelt Budget for 5 Year .................................................................................... 182

Table 5.6 Proposed Environmental Monitoring Program ......................................................... 182

Table 5.7 : EMP Budget .......................................................................................................... 183

Table 6.1 Liquid/Gaseous Bulk Storages ................................................................................ 187

Table 6.2 : Hazardous Analysis of Products ............................................................................ 189

Table 6.3 : Hazardous Analysis Raw materials stored in Bulk ................................................. 192

Table 6.4 Risk Classification ................................................................................................... 196

Table 6.5 Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity ............................................................... 197

Table 6.6 Thermal Radiation Impact to Human ....................................................................... 197

Table 6.7 Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects ................................................................. 197

Table 6.8 Damage due to Overpressure ................................................................................. 198

Table 6.9 Different Failure Scenarios ...................................................................................... 199

Table 6.10 : Hazards Scenario Impact .................................................................................... 199

Table 6.11 Transportation, Unloading and Handling Safety Measures .................................... 208


Pali, Rajasthan


List of Figures

Figure 1.1 : Location Map of Project Site Google Map ..............................................................15

Figure 1.2 : Location Map .........................................................................................................16

Figure 2.1 Plant Layout Plan .....................................................................................................34

Figure 2.2 Process Flow Diagram .............................................................................................43

Figure 2.3 Combined Water Balance for proposed expansion project (With TOR approved and

applied for Amendment) .....................................................................................................57

Figure 2.4 ETP Flow Diagram ...................................................................................................59

Figure 3.1 Road Connectivity Map ............................................................................................67

Figure 3.2 Location Map of 10-km Radius Study Area ..............................................................70

Figure 3.3 Google Map of 10-km Radius Study Area ................................................................71

Figure 3.4 Close view Map with Project Site coordinates ..........................................................74

Figure 3.5 Environment Sampling Location Map .......................................................................75

Figure 3.6 Drainage Map of Study Area ....................................................................................76

Figure 3.7 Seismic Zones Map ..................................................................................................79

Figure 3.8 : Graph Showing Land Use of the Study Area (10 km Radius) .................................80

Source: Interpretation of Satellite image....................................................................................81

Figure 3.9 Land use/Land Cover Map of 10 Km Radial Study Zone .........................................81

Figure 3.10 Wind Frequency Distribution (Post monsoon Season 2016) ...................................85

Figure 3.11 Wind Frequency Distribution (May 2017) ................................................................85

Figure 3.12 Wind Frequency distribution (May 2017) ................................................................86

Figure 3.13 : Soil Map of Rajasthan (Pali) District ................................................................... 106

Figure 3.14 Male-Female Wise Population Distribution ........................................................... 131

Figure 3.15 : Scheduled Caste Population in Study Area ........................................................ 131

Figure 3.16 Scheduled Tribes Population in Study Area ......................................................... 132

Figure 3.17 : Male-Female Wise Distribution of Literates &Illiterates ....................................... 132

Figure 3.18 : Workers Scenario ............................................................................................... 137

Figure 3.19 : Composition of Main Workers Population ........................................................... 138

Figure 3.20 : Composition of Marginal Workers....................................................................... 138

Figure 3.21 Composition of Non-Workers ............................................................................... 139

Figure 5.1 Structure of Environmental Management Department ............................................ 175

Figure 5.2 : Corporate Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental Policy ....................... 179


Pali, Rajasthan


List of Annexure

Annexure I : Nabet Acrediation Certificate of consultant

Annexure II : Approved ToR Letter issued by MOEF&CC

Annexure III : Consent to Establish copy issued by RPCB for existing unit of company

Annexure IV : Consent to Operate copy issued by RPCB for existing unit of company.

Annexure V : Consent to Operate copy for Hazardous waste issued by RPCB for existing

unit of company.

Annexure VI : Consent to Operate Compliance submitted to RPCB

Annexure VII : NOC from District Forest Officer and Application submitted to Chief

Wildlife warden

Annexure VIII : Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations carried

by Enkay Enviro Service Pvt Ltd for the period of Oct-2016 to Dec-2016

and One Month AAQ measurement data carried by EQMS and

monitoring team during 1st May-2017 to 31st May-2017 .

Annexure IX : Schedule I Species Conservation plan approved by DFO

Annexure X : Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals (Product and Raw

Materials)

Annexure XI : Baseline Environment Monitoring Report of Enkay Enviro Services Pvt

Ltd.

Annexure XII : Existing Site Photograph with green belt.

Annexure XIII : Acknowledgement Copy of application submitted for amendment of

ToR to MoEF&CC

Annexure XIV : Membership Certificate for disposal of Hazardous waste with Udaipur

Chamber of Commerce, Udaipur.

Annexure XV : Public Hearing advertisement in newspaper, minutes of meeting with

signature

Annexure XVI : Amended TOR Letter received on 11th September 2017

Annexure XVII : Letter for Change in Name


Pali, Rajasthan


CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. Project & Project Proponent

The agrochemicals industry is a significant industry for the Indian economy. The Indian

pesticides and insecticide industry is fourth largest in the world and the second in the

Asia-Pacific region only after China.

INTECH ORGANICS LIMITED (Formerly known as Intech Pharma Pvt Ltd) was

established in the year 1999. The Company has been ever since the beginning been

involved with manufacturing of chemicals which have been distributed across India &

overseas as well.

The Company began Commercial production of specialty chemicals in the end of 2004 &

since then has been regularly meeting the demands of its reputed customers. The

Company's technical wing is deep rooted with a very strong team having a vast

experience of handling this product for more than 3 decades. Company’s team is

constantly working towards improving its systems, product to cater to the changing

requirements of its customers.

INTECH ORGANICS LIMITED (Formerely known as Intech Pharma Pvt Ltd)

(henceforth INTECH) applied in MOEF&CC and received TOR on 15th June 2017 (Letter

No. J-11011/327/2016-IA.II (I)) for proposes expansion of existing products and

manufacturing technical grade pesticides as well as formulations of pesticides, capacity of

4000 MTPA to 59914 MTPA at Khasra no 143, 143/1, 118, 118/1, 118/2, 119, 120, 121,

122, 124, 126 at village – Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur,Distt – Pali (Rajasthan).Further

as per market requirement & management strategy for increase in production from 4000

MTPA to 63414 MTPA at Khasra no 143, 143/1, 118, 118/1, 118/2, 119, 120, 121, 122 at

village – Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur,Distt – Pali (Rajasthan).INTECH has (received

TOR on 11th September 2017 (Letter No. J-11011/327/2016-IA.II (I))}. Henceforth

cumulative/ final survey no. and production capacity are being presented in EIA report.

As per approved TOR the existing plant is set up in an area of 6900 SQM. The expansion

is planned in 35900 SQM land, which is already under process of possession with

INTECH. The total land area after expansion will be 42907 SQM. Around 14247 SQM (~

33 %) of total plot area is being/will be developed as greenbelt. Total cost of the project

will be approx. INR 27.0 Crores.As per amendment of ToR Application (Applied to

MoEF&CC on 25th July 2017 which received on 11th September 2017 (Letter No. J-

11011/327/2016-IA.II (I). The total land area after expansion will be 107165.81 SQM.

Around 35365 SQM (~ 33 %) of total plot area being/will be developed as greenbelt.

Henceforth cumulative/ final land area is being presented in EIA report

This chapter provides background information of the project, need of the project, need

of the EIA study, scope and EIA methodology adopted and structure of the report.


Pali, Rajasthan


1.2. Nature of the Project

INTECH propose to enhance the production capacity of existing product and

manufacturing technical grade as well as formulations of pesticide Agrochemicals

ingredients. The proposed expansion is planned in the future earmarked land including

existing land. As per EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006 and as amended on 01.12.2009,

the project falls in Category ‘A’, S. No. – 5 (b) appraised in MOEF&CC.

1.3. Importance & Benefits of Project

The role of the pesticides in the wellbeing of human race needs no emphasis. Insecticides

are used to ward off or kill insects. Pesticide usage has become essential in order to

maximize agriculture production and reduce public health pestilence. The rapid changes

in cropping patterns, increased fertilization and adoption of programs for high yielding

varieties have all contributed to increased use of pesticides. Further, pest problems keep

on changing with the changing environment. New physiological kinds evolve as a result of

mutations to withstand new conditions in nature. Many pest species develop resistant

strains when the same pesticide is used far too often. The problems of pest resurgence

and secondary pest out-breaks crop up with the indiscriminate use of pesticides. These

associated problems offer a great scope for revolutionizing the use of pesticides.

However, in India though the overcall pesticide growth figures may appear impressive, the

rate of consumption in comparison per hectare of cultivated land is very low in

comparison to other countries. India used 180 g of pesticides/ha. as against 10,790g,

1870 g and 1490 g/ha used in Japan, Europe and U.S.A. respectively. India spent just Rs.

2.15/ha. on pesticides while Japan and U.S.A spent Rs.110/ha and Rs.35/ha respectively

during the same period. India consumed 12 gm. of pesticides per kg. of fertilizer used

against 146 gm. in Japan and 19 gm in U.S.A. This is one of the major factors that can be

attributed to low per hectare yields in our country since the crops and especially the high

yielding varieties cannot manifest their production potential in absence of proper pest

protection. That the production potential remains suppressed for want of protection can be

exemplified by considering how in wheat, a crop comparatively resistant to insect

pestilence, we have had a “revolution” where as in paddy which is one of the most heavily

infested crops, we have had no break-through. In case of wheat, the per hectare yield in

India rose from 827 kg.to 1338 kg. Corresponding yields of paddy in India on the other

hand was 1826 kg. as against 6185 kg., 5326 kg., 5105 kg. and 4000 kg., in Japan,

Egypt, USA and USSR respectively.

Within the country, itself, there is a great imbalance between different regions with regard

to the use of pesticides. Of the total of approximately Rs.5000 million spent on pesticides

in at the farm level, south contributed for about 45 per cent of the total consumption in the

rest of the country.

1.4. Purpose of the EIA Study

The objectives of the present EIA are to:


Pali, Rajasthan


• To identify and describe the elements of the community and environment likely to be

affected by the expansion, and/or likely to cause impacts upon both the natural and

man-made environment

• To describe the proposed expansion project and associated works together along with

the requirements.

• To identify and quantify any environmental impacts associated with the proposed

expansion and recommend appropriate mitigation measures.

• To identify existing landscape and visual quality in the study area so as to evaluate

the landscape and visual impacts of the proposed expansion.

• To propose mitigation measures to minimize pollution, environmental disturbance and

nuisance during construction and operation of the proposed expansion.

• To identify, assess and specify methods, measures and standards, to be included in

the detailed design, construction and operation of the proposed expansion which are

necessary to mitigate these impacts and reduce them to allowable levels within

established standards/guidelines.

• To identify and justify the need for environmental monitoring to define the scope of the

requirements necessary. To ensure the implementation and the effectiveness of the

environmental protection and pollution control measures adopted.

• To identify constraints associated with the mitigation measures recommended in this

EIA.

• To identify any additional studies necessary to fulfil the objectives required for the EIA

Study

1.5. Project Site Location

INTECHproposedexpansionof manufacturing of technical grade pesticides fromm 4000

MTPA to 63414 MTPA. Project site is located at khasra no 143, 143/1, 118, 118/1, 118/2,

119, 120, 121, 122 at village – Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur,Distt – Pali (Rajasthan).

The site is well connected to NH112(earlier known as NH-65A) (Degana - Raipur), NH-14

(Beawar-Sirohi-Radhanpur) at an aerial distance ~1.16 Km (SW) ~4.85 Km, (S) direction.

Nearest railwaystationisBar &Pali railway station located at an aerial distance of ~ 6.44

km in (ESE), 86 km, WSW, direction respectively from the project site.

Nearest airport from project site is Dabok Airport (UDR) in Udaipur located at an aerial

distance of ~ 167 km (SSW) direction. Jodhpur Air port is around 125 km.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Expansion of Existing Pesticide Plant for Manufacturing of Technical Grade Pesticides atVillage – Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur, Distt – Pali, Rajasthan


Figure 1.1 : Location Map of Project Site Google Map



Figure 1.2 : Location Map

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Expansion of Existing Pesticide Plant for Manufacturing of Technical Grade Pesticides atVillage – Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur, Distt

– Pali, Rajasthan


1.6. Regulatory Framework

Prior Environmental Clearance is required from concerned authorities for all projects

and activities mentioned in “Schedule” as per Environmental Impact Assessment

notification dated September 14, 2006. The project comes under “project and activity-5

(b) of schedule.” Considering the products portfolio, the proposed project falls in

“Category A” of Schedule of the EIA notification which requires Environmental

Clearance (EC) from MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

INTECH has commenced the process of obtaining required statutory permission from

concerned authorities. Details of permits and clearance applicable to this project along

with status is given in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1 : Details of permits and clearance applicable

S. No Permit / Clearance/Standards Proposed Project Existing Plant

1

No Objection Certificate /Consent to Establish from Rajasthan State Pradesh Pollution Control Board (RSPCB)

Mandatory, shall be applied after obtained Environmental Clearance

Valid NOC from RSPCB for existing plant is available with INTECH

2 Factory License To be applied for factory license after obtained environment clearance.

Valid Factory License is avialble with INTECH

3 Water Permission

Have permission for using surface water from Irrigation department, Govt of Rajasthan and ground water permission also to be opt (water source will be ground water and surface water)

Water is being purchase through tankers from local suppliers.

5

Consent to Operated under Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,1974 and Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules 2016.

Mandatory, shall be applied after getting Environmental Clearance

Valid NOC from RSPCB for existing plant available with INTECH.

(Source: INTECH)

In addition to environmental regulatory compliance, other applicable statutory rules

and regulations including (but not limited to) are the following:

Permission for storage of hazardous/ Explosive Chemicals form Chief Controller of

Explosive (CCOE), Labour laws and Safety guide lines as per Labour

Commissioner, Government of Rajasthan

Boiler Regulations as per Chief Inspector of Boilers, Government of Rajasthan

ESIC.


– Pali, Rajasthan


1.7. Public Hearing

As per Ministry of Environment and Forest, GOI, New Delhi vide its Notification No. S.O.1533 dated September 14, 2006 and subsequent amendment thereof. An advertisement was published in Dainik Bhaskar and local news Rajasthan Patrika dated 13 September 2017. In the presence of ADM - Pali, SDM- Raipur and Regional officer RSPCB, Rajathan and nearby area public, Public Hearing was conducted on 17thOctober 2017 at Tehsil Office, Raipur for Expansion of Existing pesticide plant for manufacturing of technical grade pesticides at village – Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur, Distt Pali, Rajasthan by M/s Intech Organics Limited (Formerly known asIntech Pharma Private Limited) which is coverd under Category-A. Most of the issue raised during public hearing were related to employment, CSR and clarity related to environmental aspects all were addressed satisfactorily (referTable 1.1.as under) The issues raised during the public hearing with reply and public hearing minutes with signatures in hindi language duly signed by RO of RSPPB and ADM Pali are enclosed as Annexure XV.

Table 1.1: Query raise and its response

S.

No.

Name of the person with address

Query/ Suggestion Response

1. Shri Shaitan Singh Village Bhiratia Kalan, Tehsil Raipur, District Pali

Issue raised related to Ambient air emission and its management plan

Authorized Person from the EQMS India Pvt Ltd on behalf of PP have replied that in this proposed project to control air pollution adequate air pollution controlling equipment will be installed such as cyclone separator attached with boiler, Adequate stack height, Alkali scrubbing system to control the fugitive emission.

2. Shri Dilip Nayak Village Bhiratia Kalan, Tehsil Raipur, District Pali

Issue raise related to no. of people to be employed.

Project Proponent responded that proposed expansion project will generate employment for 430 persons (directly or indirectly) and unit will prefer local people for employment as per their qualification.

3. Shri Murlidhar Vaishnav Village Bhiratia Kalan, Tehsil Raipur, District Pali

Query related to Corporate social responsibility from last 2-3 years.

Client representative responded that for corporate Social Responsibility following activities has been proposed.

Medical Camps(for eye and general checkups), cleanliness, sanitation facilities will increase, Renovation of aanganwadi Kendra will be done, will conduct various skill development programs, approach will be to increase


– Pali, Rajasthan


S.

No.

Name of the person with address

Query/ Suggestion Response

the interest in the field of sports, development of greenbelt will be done for which around 4000 plant samplings will be planted.

4. Shri Jabbar Singh Raipur District Pali

He asked whether waste water will be generated by the company or not.

Project Proponent responded that at present no waste water is generated from the existing unit and for the Proposed expansion safety tank, soak Pit, ETP will be installed and waste water generated will be treated in proposed ETP, maximum water shall be recycled and reused hence Proposed expansion project also based on Zero Liquid Discharge concept.

5. Shri s Lal Bhati, Village Dhulkhedi, Tehsil Raipur District Pali

Issue raise related to Local people employment and number of person employed in existing unit

Project propend responded that currently out of total employed persons 52% of the workers are from local area only and for the proposed expansion 430 person will be employed. Employment shall be provided to the local people on the basis of their capability and educational qualification.

6. Shri Pankaj Chauhan, Village Dhulkhedi, Tehsil Raipur District Pali

soil analysis shall be done for nearby area and assure us there is no harm on our land

Authorized member from Project proponent responded that the product manufactured in the company is Insecticide. The proposed project will not have any effect on the soil quality of the nearby lands.

Environmental monitoring and testing of the samples from the nearby areas has been done and the results shows that the product manufactured in the company will not have any effect on the soil quality and monitoring reports are shown.


– Pali, Rajasthan


1.8. Approved Terms of Reference for EIA Study by MoEF&CC

Based on the documents submitted and presented before 14thExpert Appraisal

Committee (Industry-2) meeting held during 26th – 27th Oct-2016 and 21stExpert

Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) meeting held on 27th –29th March, 2017. Terms of

Reference (TOR) was issued by MoEF&CC vide their File No: J-.11011/327/2016 IA_II

(I) dated 15th June 2017 for production capacity of 4000 MTPA to 59914 MTPA.

INTECH has also proposes amendment in approved ToR by adding new products,

R&D product and by products as per company stragey and market requirement. Due

to proposes of amendment of ToR, minor changes in Raw materials, water, land, co-

ordinates, layout plant, proposed environment protection etc is also considered in this

EIA report as per standard TOR. Amendment of ToR application has already been

applied on 25th July-2017 in MoEF&CC which received on 11th September 2017

(Letter No. J-11011/327/2016-IA. II (I).

EIA/EMP report is based on approved TOR dated 15th June 2017 & Standard ToR for

Industry-2 and applied for amendment of ToR (which received on 11th September

2017 (Letter No. J-11011/327/2016-IA.II (I))}.

The compliance status of proposed TOR is given in Table 1.2.

Table 1.2 TOR Compliance Status

S. No. Tor Points Compliance

7. Executive Summary Attached with EIA report in English and Hindi

8. Introduction I. Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation

NABET accreditation certificate attached as Annexure I

II. Information about the project proponent Project Proponent information given in Chapter1 section no. 1.1of EIA report

III. Importance and benefits of the project. Importance and benefits of the project is given in Section No. 1.3

9. Project Description i. Cost of project and time of completion.

Total cost of the project is Rs 27 Crores, Project implementation initiated after EC recommendations and tentatively scheduled for completion of project is five years.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

Product with capacities for the Proposed project is given in Chapter 2, Section No. 2.4

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Existing unit formulating Methyl Bromide (98%)Thus EC not applicable. INTECH proposed expansion to


– Pali, Rajasthan



manufacture technical grade pesticide chemicals and formulations, details given in chapter 2 Section 2.4

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Details of Raw Material with Quantity and storage details given in Table No. 2.6. transportation of Raw material to be done by road.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

Details of raw material is given on Chapter 2 Table No 2.6

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management given in chapter 2 Section no 2.5.3.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Proposed project utilities given in Chapter 2 Section 2.6

viii. Process description along with major equipment’s and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitate) from raw material to products to be provided

Process description along with Material balance with major equipment’s and machineries given in Chapter 2 Section No. 2.4

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

Hazard identification and safety measures proposed in Chapter 6

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing I existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units

Existing unit formulating Methyl Bromide (98%). Thus EC was not applicable, Expansion is proposing to manufacture some technical grade pesticide chemicals and formulations; Hence EC is applicable. Consent to Establishment and Consent to Operate granted by RPCB is attached as Annexure III, IV & V respectively Compliance report of Consent to operate of existing unit is attached as Annexure V


– Pali, Rajasthan



operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted

10. Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village,

Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Location of the project site covering village, taluka, district and state is mentioned in Chapter 1 of Section 1.5 As proposed expansion is on adjacent to existing premises thus no other sites were considered.

ii. A topo sheet of the study area of radius of 10 km and site location on 1:50,000/1: 25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Topo sheet of the study area of radius of 10 km and site location given in Figure 1.2.

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

As proposed expansion is on adjacent to existing premises thus alternative site selection is not applicable.

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of site is given in Figure No. 3.4 of EIA report

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

Google map of the project site given in Figure No 1.2 of EIA report

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Plant Layout indicating existing unit, proposed expansion unit, storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc given in Figure 2.1 of EIA report

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt.

Photographs of the proposed and existing site and Green belt are attached as Annexure XII

viii. Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)

Land use breakup of the total land of the project site is given in Chapter 2 Table No 2.4

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

No major industries within 10 Km radius. Land use of study area is given in Chapter 3 Section


– Pali, Rajasthan



3.4 of EIA report.

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area given in Chapter 3 Section No. 3.2.3 and 3.3

xi. Details of Drainage of the project up to 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

Details of drainage of the proposed project is given in Section No 3.2.2 Figure No 3.6. of EIA report.

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

For the proposed expansion project land procurement is under process. Maximum land is already purchased and remaining land is under negotiation with farmers. Land will be in possession of company before EC obtained.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

Not Applicable

11. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable): i. Permission and approval for the use of forest

land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable).

No forest land involve thus not applicable

ii. Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

Land use map of the study area is given in Section 3.4 and Figure 3.9. of Chapter 3 of EIA report

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

Not Applicable

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

No national parks Sanctuaries, Bio-sphere reserves, migratory corridor of wild animal found within 10 km of radius of project thus not applicable.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

There is no endangered or Schedule-I faunal species in the study area except Peafowl (Pavo Cristatus)


– Pali, Rajasthan



which is schedule –I species but is of least concern category. Though a conservation plan for Pavo cristatus,is approved by DFO and Application submitted for approval to Chief Wildlife warden Copy Attached as Annexure VII

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

Not Applicable

12. Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level

at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall given in Section No.3.5 and 3.5 of Chapter3 of EIA report

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and consider the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO given in Section No 3.6 of Chapter 3 of EIA report

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations attached as Annexure VIII

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Three location taken for Surface water quality, its analysis and observation given in Section No. 3.8 of Chapter No of EIA report.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

Not Applicable

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Ground water monitoring at 8 locations given in Section No. 3.8.2 of chapter No. 3 of EIA report

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations is given in Section No 3.7 of Chapter No 3 of EIA report


– Pali, Rajasthan



viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guideline is Given in Section no.3.9 of Chapter No 3. Of EIA report

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Site is well connected with NH-112, Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, details given in Section No. 3.10 of Chapter No. 3of EIA report

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Biological environment of the study area given in Section No. 3.11 of Chapter No. 3 of EIA report. The conservation plan for Schedule I species is attached as Annexure VIII.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area. Socio Economic status of study area is given in Section No.3.12 of Chapter 4 of EIA report

13. Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Cumulative impact due to proposed project the ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features given in Section No. 4.3 of Chapter No.4 of EIA report

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

Plant based on Zero effluent discharge concepts thus water quality modelling not applicable

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road

Traffic assessment study carried out, due to proposed expansion project, there will be negligible impact due to additional traffic and road is sufficient to cater the


– Pali, Rajasthan



transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

additional load.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

Generation of high TDS/High COD effluent and Low TDS /Low COD treated in ETP. Detail treatment plan given in Section No. 2.5.1. of chapter no 2 of EIA report

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Stacks emission with control measures given in Section No. 2.5.2 of Chapter No 2 of EIA report.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Fugitive emission control given in Section No 2.5.2 of Chapter No 2 of EIA report

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Plan for hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management given in Section No 2.5.3. of Chapter no 2 of EIA report Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste shall be submitted with Final EIA report.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Fly ash management plan is given in Section No. 5.2 of Chapter No 5 of EIA report

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area is.e. Land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species,

width of plantation, planning schedule etc.

shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area is given in Section No 5.8 of Chapter No 5 of EIA report

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

INTECH realizes the importance of rainwater harvesting however it will be prudent that rain water harvesting is not taken up in INTECH plant area. This is because if some hazardous dust (in spite of all possible precautions) gets mixed with rainwater and enter the ground water and the ground water will get


– Pali, Rajasthan



contaminated. If required INTECH may do rain water harvesting at alternate place with due approval from authorities.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

The overall investment in the project is 2700 lacs About Rs. 382.0 Lac is proposed for the environment protection program.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring given in Chapter No 5 of EIA report

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan

Given as Chapter 6

14. Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

Plan and fund for occupational health and safety for all contract and casual workers shall be complied as per applicable Norms

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre-designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Occupational Health Safety details given in Section 6.21 in Chapter 6 of EIA report

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL)?If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,

iv. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

15. Corporate Environment Policy Corporate HSE Policy is in


– Pali, Rajasthan



i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

place and will be followed during the project

execution. Site specific

policy will be developed after commissioning of the

plant.

Details of Corporate HSE policy and compliance mechanism given in Chapter

5.

Hierarchical system of HSE cell is given in Section No 5.3. of Chapter No 5 of EIA report

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

16. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labor force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

Infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to construction workers including truck drivers during operation phase..

17. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) I. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project

cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

CSR budget shall be earmarked toward the enterprises social commitment. Item wise details along with time bound action plan will be submitted after public consultation.

CSR given in Section No 2.5.7. Chapter No 2 of EIA report

18. Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

None

19. A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

Complied

Specific ToR


– Pali, Rajasthan



20. Commitment that no banned pesticides will be manufactured.

No banned pesticides will be manufactured.

21. Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control.

There is provision of stripper for recovery of solvent (VOC) from HTDS effluent before MEE shown in Figure No. 2.5 of Chapter No 2 of EIA report

22. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control

Stacks emission with control measures given in Section No 2.5.2.of Chapter No 2 of EIA report

23. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, CS2etc., (* - as applicable)

Ambient air quality data is given in Chapter 3 Section No. 3.6 of EIA report

24. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

Given in Chapter 6

25. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation for units adopting ‘Zero’ liquid discharge.

Waste water treatment scheme given in Section No 2.5.1.of Chapter No 2. of EIA report Plant based on Zero Liquid Discharge concepts

26. Action plan for odor control to be submitted. To control the odor suction hood will be provided which will be connected to the scrubber. Details is mentioned in Section No.2.5.2 of Chapter No.2. if EIA report

27. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

Copy of the Memorandum of Understanding Submitted with Final EIA report

28. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF and other will be Submitted with Final EIA report

29. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used

Attached as Annexure IX

30. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF

Authorization/Membership for the disposal solid/hazardous waste in TSDF and other will be Submitted with Final EIA report Existing plant has obtained membership for disposal of hazardous waste from


– Pali, Rajasthan



UCCI, Udaipur, attached as Annexure XI

31. Details of incinerator if to be installed Not applicable

32. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated

Refer Chapter 6 mentioned risk assessment.

33. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

Refer Chapter 6 mentioned risk assessment.

Additional TOR

34. Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised and commitments made by the project proponent on the same should be included in EIA/EMP Report in the form of tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the commitments made.

Public hearing were conducted on 17th Oct 2017, issues raised and commitment made by project proponent marked in Table 1.1 and PH MOM attached as Annexure XV

35. Adequate plan for Green belt to be drawn and should start from TOR stage in existing plant and shown in EIA report.

Adequate plan for Green belt given in Section No 5.8 of chapter No 5. of EIA report

36. Itemized product capacities to be firmed up and be given in EIA-report.

Product detail with capacities in given in Chapter 2 Section 2.4.

37. Source segregation of process effluent (high TDS/COD and low TDS/COD) to be exercised and Plant shall be based on Zero Liquid Discharge.

Waste water treatment scheme given in Section No 2.5.2. of Chapter No.2. of EIA report Plant shall be based on Zero Liquid Discharge concepts

38. Plan for odor control. Given in Section No 2.5.2.of Chapter No.2.of EIA report

1.9. Structure of the EIA Report

This EIA report has been prepared on the basis of available on-site primary data

(survey/ monitoring) and secondary/literature data. The EIA report contains project

features, baseline environmental setup, assessment of environmental impacts, and

formulation of mitigation measures, environmental management and monitoring plan

with risk & disaster management plan. The report would include 8 Chapters excluding

Executive Summary, which is included at the beginning of the report. The structure of

the EIA Report with necessary tables, drawings and annexure is as follows:

Chapter 1: Introduction

This chapter provides background information on need of project, need of EIA study

and brief of the project. The scope and EIA methodology adopted in preparation of EIA

report have also been described in this Chapter. It also covers the identification of

project & project proponent, brief description of nature, size, location of the project and

its importance to the country and the region. Scope of the study details about the


– Pali, Rajasthan


regulatory scoping carried out as per the generic structure given in the EIA

Notification, 2006.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This chapter deals with the project details of the proposed Chemicals Manufacturing

Plant, with type of project, need for the project, location, size & magnitude of operation

including associated activities required by and for the project, proposed schedule for

approval and implementation, including technical details of raw material, quality and

quantity etc.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This chapter presents the existing environmental status of the study area around the

proposed project including topography, drainage pattern, water environment,

geological, climate, transport system, land use, flora & fauna, socio-economic

aspects, basic amenities etc. Environmental assessment of the proposed project site

in regard to its capability to receive the proposed new development is also discussed

in this Chapter.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This chapter describes the overall impacts of the proposed project activities and

underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures. It predicts the

overall impact of the proposed project on different components of the environment viz.

air, water, land, noise, biological, and socio-economic.

Chapter 5: Environmental Management Plan & Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment

exercise. It describes the overall impacts of the proposed activities during construction

and operation phases and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation

measures. It also provides mitigation and control measures for environmental

management plan (EMP) for minimizing the negative environmental impacts and to

strengthening the positive environmental impacts of the proposed project. Technical

aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures have been given in this

Chapter also.

Chapter 6: Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan

This chapter deals with the risk assessment carried out for the proposed pesticide

manufacturing plant and disaster management plan.

Chapter 7: Summary & Conclusion

This chapter provides the summary and conclusions of the EIA study of the proposed

project with overall justification for implementation of the project and also explanation

of how, adverse effects will be mitigated. This chapter also includes the conclusions

of the Public Hearing.

Chapter 8: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

This chapter provides the disclosure of consultants engaged to carry out the EIA

study along with other additional studies.


– Pali, Rajasthan



– Pali, Rajasthan


CHAPTER 2. : PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1. Project Site Details

M/s Intech Pharma Private Limited has proposed an expansion of existing pesticide

plant to manufacturing of technical grade pesticides located at khasra no 143, 143/1,

118, 118/1, 118/2, 119, 120, 121, 122 at village – Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur, Distt

– Pali (Rajasthan).

Table 2.1 : Salient Features of the Project

S. No. Feature Approved TOR dated 15th June-2017

Amendment of ToR (received on 11th September 2017 (Letter No.

J-11011/327/2016-IA.II (I))}

1 Products Technical grade pesticides and Formulations - Major steps of Process: Reaction, Extraction, Distillation Crystallization, Filtration, Drying and Packing etc..

2 Production capacity From 4000 MTPA to 59914 MTPA

From 4000 MTPA to 63414 MTPA

3 Total Plot Area 42907 m2 107165.81m2

4 Water Requirement (KLD) 194 (one time); Daily- 89.5 KLD

221.46 (one time); Daily- 102.14 KLD

5 Power Requirement 3800 KVA, Source Rajasthan Rajya Vidhut Vitran Nigam.

6 Manpower Requirement 430 Nos

7 Green belt 14124 m2 (Approx. 33% of total area)

35365 m2 (Approx. 33% of total area)

8 Project cost including Environmental controlling equipment

Rs.27 crores

9 Environmental Systems Cost (Scrubbers, RO, MEE, ATFD, Stripper, ETP & STP)

Rs. 3.82 crores (capital cost)

10 Recurring cost/ annum for environmental pollution control measures

Rs.35.50 lacs

11 Neighboring Features Bar– 4.71 Kms. SSE [Scattered Habitation Village Biratiya Kalan 1.20 km SW; Hajiwas 2.30 km NNE]

12 Connectivity Nearest railway station: Bar Railway station (6.44km SE); Nearest highway: NH-112 – 1.16 km NH-14----4.85 km S Nearest Airport: Jodhpur Airport 125 km Dabok Airport – 167 km (SSW)

(Source: Site Visit/PFR)

This chapter deals with the project details of the proposed manufacturing of technical

grade pesticide plant with existing pesticide plant and R&D products, location, size &

magnitude of operation including associated activities required by and for the project,

proposed schedule for approval and implementation, including technical details of raw

material, quality and quantity, process, etc.



Figure 2.1 Plant Layout Plan


– Pali, Rajasthan


2.2. Land Requirement

The project land is adjacent to existing formulation unit land. Existing land is already

converted for industrial use. Proposed land is mainly single crop agriculture land and is

depend agriculture is depending on rain. The proposed project land distribution is as given

below:

Table 2.2 Land Distribution at Site (As per Approved ToR)

Particulars Land area of Existing

Plant

Land Area after

proposed

expansion

Area(SQM) (%) Area (SQM) (%)

Plant Area, Office Area, 2623 38 20116 47

Paved Area (Road, Corridor,

Parking and drainage) 950 14 4280 10

Green Belt Area 2277 33 14124 33

Open Area 1050 15 4280 10

Total Plot Area 6900 100 42800 100

Table 2.3 Land Distribution at Site (As per Applied for Amendment of ToR)

Particulars Land area of Existing

Plant

Land Area after proposed

expansion

Area(SQM) (%) Area (SQM) (%)

Plant Area, Office Area, 1970.27 38 39513.42 47

Paved Area (Road, Corridor,

Parking and drainage) 725.89 14 22089.60 22

Green Belt Area 1711.03 33 35364.7 33

Open Area 777.74 15 10198.08 10

Total Plot Area 5184.93 100 107165.81 100

Site layout plan is shown in Figure 2.1.

2.3. Products with Capacityforproposed projects

INTECH presently producing a Methyl Bromide (98%) formulation. INTECH proposed

and expansion of existing pesticide plant for manufacture technical grade pesticide

and formulations. Details of the proposed products in expansion projects are as given

below:

Table 2.4 (A): Existing &Proposed products (as per approved TOR)

Name of

Product

Existing

MT/Year

Proposed

MT/Year

Total

MT/Year

Remarks

Methyl Bromide

4000 (98% MB-

Formulation)

10,200 14,200 10,000 (Technical)+4200

(98% formulation)


– Pali, Rajasthan


Chloropicrin 0 10000 10000 -

Aluminum

Phosphide

0 17,857 17,857 10,000 (Technical)+7857

(56% formulation)

Zinc Phosphide 0 17,857 17,857 10,000 (Technical)+7857

(56% formulation)

BY PRODUCT

H3PO4 (55-60%) 0 1656 1656 -

Sulphuric Acid

(50%-55 % )

0 6660 6660 -

Sodium Bromide

(15%-20%)

0 1500 1500 -

Caustic Solution

10%

0 7296 7296 -

(B) Additional Products (Applied for amendment of TOR)

Name of Product Existing MT/Year

Proposed MT/Year

Total MT/Year

Remarks

N-Propyl Bromide 0 500 500

ISO Propyl Bromide 0 500 500

Vinyl Bromide 0 500 500

2-Cyno-4-Bromo methyl Bi-phenyl

0 500 500

Trimethyl Sulfoxonium Bromide

0 500 500

Ethyl Bromide 0 500 500

R& D Product 0 500 500

BY PRODUCT

Sulphuric Acid / Spent Acid 0 500 500

Hydro Bromic Acid 0 617 617

(C) Commulative Products {Approved ToR and Applied for amendment of TOR

(received TOR on 11th September 2017 (Letter No. J-11011/327/2016-IA. II (I))}

Name of Product CAS No

LD 50 LC50 Existing MT/Year

Proposed

MT/Year

Total MT/Ye

ar

Remarks

Methyl Bromide

74.83.9

Oral LD 214

mg/kg Rat

1-hour inhalation

LC50 in rats is 4.5 mg/L,

4000 (98% MB-Formulatio

n)

10,200 14,200 10,000 (Technical)+42

00 (98% formulation)

Chloropicrin 76-06-2

Oral LD 50 37.7 mg/kg

Rat

4-hour inhalation LC50 for chloropicrin vapor in rats is 11.9 ppm

0 10000 10000 -


– Pali, Rajasthan


Aluminum Phosphide

20859-73-8.

11.5 mg/kg

The rodent 4-hour

inhalation LC50 for

phosphine gas is 10.7

ppm

0 17,857 17,857

10,000 (Technical)+7


Zinc Phosphide 1314-84-7.

In rats, the LD50

for the technical product

is 40 mg/kg,

In bluegill sunfish

(LC50 = 0.8 mg/l) and

rainbow trout (0.5 mg/l)

0 17,857 17,857

10,000 (Technical)+7


N-Propyl Bromide 106-94-5

3600 mg/kg

Rat

Inhaation253 g/m3 Rat 30

min 0 500 500

ISO Propyl Bromide

75-26-3

LD50:4837 mg/kg

Inhalation 31171 ppm , Mouse 4 hrs

0 500 500

Vinyl Bromide

593-60-2.

LD50: 500

mg/kg (Oral, Rat)

inhalation (2h) LC50 for rat, 390 mg/l, 0 500 500

2-Cyno-4-Bromo methyl Bi-phenyl

114772 – 54

– 2

-- -- 0 500 500

TrimethylSulfoxonium Bromide

25596-24-1

-- --- 0 500 500

Ethyl Bromide

74-96-4

ORAL (LD50): Acute: 1350 mg/kg [Rat]

VAPOR (LC50):

Acute: 13490 ppm 4 hour(s)

0 500 500

R & D Product

BY PRODUCT

H3PO4 (55-60%) 7664-38-2


DUST (LC50):

Acute: >850 mg/m 1

hours [Rat].

0 1656 1656 -

Sulphuric Acid (50%-55 % )

7664-93-9

ORAL (LD50): Acute: 2140 mg/kg [Rat.].

VAPOR (LC50):

Acute: 510 mg/m 2

hours [Rat].

0 7160 7160 -

Sodiuim Bromide (15%-20%)

7647-15-6

ORAL (LD50): Acute: 3500 mg/kg [Rat

Fish: Bluegill/Sunfish: LC50 > 1000 mg/L;

96h;

0 1500 1500 -

Caustic Solution 10%

1310-73-2

Dermal Inhalation, 0 7296 7296 -

http://www.chemicalbook.com/CASEN_7647-15-6.htm

http://www.chemicalbook.com/CASEN_7647-15-6.htm


– Pali, Rajasthan


LD50 Rabbit: 1350 mg/kg

rat: LC50 = 2300 mg/m3/2H;

Hydro Bromic Acid

10035-10-6

Oral, rat: LD50 =

>90 mL/kg;.

Inhalation, rat: LC50 =

2858 ppm/1H;.

0 617 617

2.4. Manufacturing Process

Manufacturing process steps of pesticides with their mass/ material balance are

described in this section: -

A. METHYL BROMIDE

1) The Raw material are charged into reaction vessel as per stoichiometry

2) The reaction takes place in standard temperature & pressure converting the

raw material into product Methyl Bromide

3) The Methyl Bromide is then purified to remove the inorganic bromides with

the caustic soda solution and soda ash solution

4) The Methyl Bromide is scrubbed in Sulphuric acid to remove moisture in the

Methyl Bromide

5) The methyl bromide is liquefied and stored in the storage tank

6) The Additive warning agent chloropicrin is added in formulating tank.

7) The formulated Methyl Bromide is packed in assorted packing in cans and

cylinders


– Pali, Rajasthan


Table 2.5 Material Balance for Methyl Bromide

Sr

No

Raw Material Input/MT of

Product (MT)

Product / By

Product

Output MT/

MT of

Product

Remarks

1 Bromine 0.84 Methyl Bromide 0.924

2

Sulphur

0.05 Sulphuric Acid 0.26 Combined is Spent

Acid which is a By

Product

3 Methanol

0.34 Sodium Bromide 0.116 Sodium Bromide is By

Product

4 Water 0.03


– Pali, Rajasthan


5 Caustic 0.02

6 Soda Ash 0.02

Total 1.3 Total 1.3

Note – These are the theoretical values calculated on stoichiometric reaction

B. CHLOROPICRIN

The Raw materials i.e. Sodium hypo chloride is charged into reaction vessel and

Nitromethane will be added slowly in reaction vessel.

The reaction is taken place in standard temperature & pressure converting the raw

material into product CP

Thereafter agitation will be done for 1 hour and settling of the same will be carried

out.

After settling caustic will be separated from the product.

Product will be filtered and collect

MATERIAL BALANCE FOR CHLOROPICRIN

Sr

No


Product (MT)

Product / By

Product

Output MT/

MT of

Product

Remarks

1 Hypo –NaOCl 1.359 CP 1.000

2 Nitromethane-

CH3NO2 0.371 Caustic 0.729

Total 1.729 Total 1.729



– Pali, Rajasthan


C. ALUMINUM PHOSPHIDE

Process Description

Aluminium Phosphide is manufactured by reacting Al and Phosphorous in a closed

reactor. Al Phosphide is formed, instantaneously liberating heat of reaction which

externally control to circulating water in jacket of reactor.

After complete the reaction, Technical Al Phosphide generated, which is finally

blended with other ingredients as per the market demand.


– Pali, Rajasthan


During the course of reaction, P2O5 (as H3PO4 mist) generated, which are pass

through scrubber, followed with mist eliminator so as to control the emission of

pollutant. Dilute Phosphoric Acid is generated as by-product.

Material Balances for Aluminum Phosphide

Sr

No


Product (MT)

Product / By

Product

Output MT/

MT of

Product

Remarks

1 Al –Powder 0.47 Al Phosphide 1

2

Phosphorous

0.636 Phosphoric Acid

( 50 %)

0.212 Phosphoric Acid is

scrubbed

3 Water 0.106



D. ZINK PHOSPHIDE

Process Description

Zinc Phosphide is manufactured by reacting Zinc and Phosphorous in a closed

reactor. Zinc Phosphide is formed, instantaneously liberating heat of reaction which

externally control to circulating water in jacket of reactor.

After complete the reaction, Technical Zinc Phosphide generated, which is finally

blended with other ingredients as per the market demand.

During the course of reaction, P2O5 (as H3PO4 mist) generated, which are pass

through scrubber, followed with mist eliminator so as to control the emission of

pollutant.

Dilute Phosphoric Acid is generated as by-product.

MATERIAL BALANCE ZINC PHOSPHIDE

Sr

No


Product (MT)

Product / By

Product

Output MT/

MT of

Product

Remarks

1 Zinc -Powder 0.76 Zinc Phosphide 1

2

Phosphorous

0.276 Phosphoric Acid

( 50 %)

0.082 Phosphoric Acid is

scrubbed

3 Water 0.046




– Pali, Rajasthan


Figure 2.2 Process Flow Diagram

Additional Products (Applied for Amendment of ToR)

1. N-PROPYL BROMIDE: -

The Raw materials i.e. water; sulphur and NPA are charged into reaction vessel along

with the brominating as per stoichiometry.


material into product Nab


– Pali, Rajasthan


The NPBr is going through with agitation, settling and separator. Spent acid separated

from the main product.

Product will be washed and distilled and collect final product.

Material Balance for N-Propyl Bromide

Sr No

Raw Material Input/MT of Product (MT)

Product / By Product

Output MT/ MT of

Product

Remarks

1 N-PROPHYL ALCHOHAL (NPA) 0.488 NPBr 1.000

2 SULPHUR (S) 0.043 Spent Acid 0.230

3 BROMINE (Br) 0.650 WASTE WATER 2.006

4 SODA ASH (Na2CO3) 0.005

5 SALT (NaCl) 0.001

6 WATER 0.049

7 WASHING WATER 2.000

Total 3.236 3.236


GLASS LINE REACTOR

WATER

SULPH

UR

NPA

OTBNAGITATION /

SETTLING / SEPERATOR

BROMINATI

ON

DISTILLATION

NPBr

SPENT

ACID

RESIDUE

WASHING WASTE

WATER


– Pali, Rajasthan


2. ISO-PROPYL BROMIDE: -

The Raw materials i.e. water; sulphur and IPA are charged into reaction

vessel along with brominating as per stoichiometry.

The reaction is taken place in standard temperature & pressure converting

the raw material into product IPBr

The IPBr is going through with agitation, settling and thereafter separator.

Spent acid separated from the main product.

Product will be washed and distilled and collected final product.

Material Balance for ISO-Propyl Bromide

Sr

No


Product (MT)

Product / By

Product

Output MT/

MT of

Product

Remarks

1 N-PROPHYL

ALCHOHAL

(NPA) 0.488 NaBr 1.000

2 SULPHUR (S) 0.043 Spent Acid 0.230

3 BROMINE (Br) 0.650 WASTE WATER 2.006

4 SODA ASH

(Na2CO3) 0.005

5 SALT (NaCl) 0.001

GLASS LINE REACTOR

TER SULPHUR

IPA

AGITATION / SETTLING /

SEPERATOR

BROMINATION

DISTILLATION

IPBr

SPENT ACID

RESIDUE

WASHING WASTE WATER


– Pali, Rajasthan


6 WATER 0.049

7 WASHING

WATER 2.000

Total 3.236 3.236


3. VINYL BROMIDE: -

The raw material i.e. MEG, Sulphur charged into glass line reactor along with brominating as per stoichiometry.

The reaction is taken place in standard temperature & pressure converting into product intermediate.

Agitation, settling and separation to be carried out of product and spent acid separated from product.

In glass line reactor agitation, settling and separation carried out and HBr will be separated from final product i.e. vinyl bromide.

GLASS LINE REACTOR

RAW MATERIAL CHARGING MEG

SULPHUR

WATER

NAGITATION / SETTLING

SEPERATOR

BROMINATION

DISTILLATION

INTERMEDIATE

SPENT ACID

RESIDUE

GLASS LINE REACTOR

AGITATION / SETTLING

SEPERATOR

VINYL BROMIDE

HBr


– Pali, Rajasthan


Material Balance of Vinyl Bromide

Sr

No


Product (MT)

Product / By

Product

Output MT/

MT of

Productr

Remarks

1 MEG (MONO-

ETHELENE

GLYCOL) 0.579 NPBr 1.000

2 BROMINE 1.495 Spent Acid 0.230

3 SULPHUR 0.100 WASTE WATER 2.006

4 WATER 2.000

5 CAUSTIC 0.005

6 SODA ASH 0.005

Total 4.184 4.184


4. BROMO-OTBN[2-CYNO 4-BROMOMETHYLBI-PHENYL]:-

The Raw materials i.e. water, MDC, OTBN, are charged into reaction vessel along

with bromination as per stoichiometry. A reactive agent AIBN also added in the

reaction vessel.


material into crude product (Bromo – OTBN)

HBr is separated from the product. Product will be washed by sodium bi-carbonate

and water.

Product will be distilled and solvent to be recovered. Further product will be washed

through methanol.

Further product will centrifuge and methanol solvent will recover.

Received product in powder form and it will be dried and collect finish product.


– Pali, Rajasthan


Material Balance of Bromo OTBN

Sr No

Raw Material Input/MT of Product (MT)

Product / By Product

Output MT/ MT of

Product

Remarks

1 OTBN 0.710 BROMO OTBN 1.000

2 BROMINE (Br) 0.588 HBr 0.364

3 MDC (METHYL DI-CHLORIDE) 3.548 MDC 3.193

4 METHANOL 1.500 METHANOL 1.275

5 WATER 0.066 WASTE WATER 2.051

6 SODIUM BI-CARBONATE 0.050 RESIDUE 0.580

7 AIBN 0.001

8 WASHING WATER 2.000

Total 8.463 8.463


GLASS LINE REACTOR

WATER MDC

OTBN

AIBN

AGITATION / SETTLING /

SEPERATOR

BROMINATIO

DISTILLATION

MDC

HBr

CRUDE PRODUCT

WASHING WASTE WATER

CENTRIFUSE

BROMO-

METHANOL

MENTHANO

L WASHING

MOTHER

LIQUOR

METHANOL

RECOVERY

MDC

RECOVERY

RESIDUEWA


– Pali, Rajasthan


5. TRIMETHYL SUIFOXONIUM BROMIDE (TMSOBr):-

The Raw material are charged into reaction vessel along with solvent and catalyst as per stoichiometry

The reaction is taken place in standard temperature & pressure converting the raw material into product TMSOBr

Solvent to be recovered from process and finished product will be collected.

Material Balance of TMSOBr

Sr

No


Product (MT)

Product / By

Product

Output MT/

MT of

Product

Remarks

1 MBr 0.549 TMSOBr 1.000

2 DMSO 0.451 IPA 0.851

3 CATALYSY -

TMOF 0.001 RESIDUE 0.150

4 IPA (ISO-

PROPYL

ALCHOHAL) 1.000

Total 2.001 2.001


GLASS LINE REACTOR

DMSO

TMOF

IPA


SEPARATOR

MBr

IPA

IPA

RECOVERY

TMSOBr

RESIDUE


– Pali, Rajasthan


6. ETHYL BROMIDE (EBr): -

The Raw material are charged into reaction vessel along with bromination as per stoichiometry

The reaction is taken place in standard temperature & pressure converting the raw material into product EBr

Spent acid to be separated from the product by separator.

Product to be distilled and final product will collect.

Material Balance of EBr

Sr

No


Product (MT)

Product / By

Product

Output MT/

MT of

Productr

Remarks

1 ETHANOL 0.422 Ebr 1.000

2 BROMINE (Br) 0.734 SPENT ACID 0.232

3 WATER 0.028 WASTE WATER 1.005

4 SULPHUR 0.049

5 SODA ASH

(Na2CO3) 0.005

6 WASHING

WATER 1.000

Total 2.237 2.237


GLASS LINE REACTOR

ETHANOL

WATER

SULPHUR


SEPARATOR

BROMINATION

DISTILLATION

EBr

SPENT ACID

RESIDUE


– Pali, Rajasthan


2.4.2 Equipment List

Some of the key equipment for the proposed expansion project are given below as

these are in engineering stage: -

A. Methyl Bromide& their derivatives products:

Sr. No Particulars

1 Glass lined reactor

2 S.S. 316 storage tank

3 Moisture absorption traps

4 Supporting condensers in MSGL- 12 sqmtrs with necessary lagging

covered with glass wool.

5 30 TR X 2 capacity chilling plant , with 100 HP motor along with

circulation pumps Chilling lines to all the receiving vessels and

delivery lines at -15 C

6 Steam pack boiler 4 TPH capacity 3 nos

7 Transformer 1000 kVA / 2000 kVA./ 800 kVA

8 semi-automatic can filling machine

9 semi-automatic can sealing machine

10 Air Compressors

11 Cooling Towers

12 25 MT MS storage tank for Methanol &

13 25 KL tank for Sulfuric acid

14 SS 316 Glass Lined Tanks

15 Fractional Distillation Units Glass Columns with fittings

16 SS-316 Storage tanks

17 HDPE Storage tanks 15KL

18 DG set 1000 kva / 2X 500 kVA

B. Aluminum/Zinc Phosphide:

Sr.

No.

Particulars

1 Reaction Pot

2 Mixing Unit

3 Phosphorous melter

4 P2O5 Scrubbing system

5 Burning Chamber

6 Cooling Chamber

7 Jaw Crusher

8 Rod Mill

9 Vibro Screen

10 Ribbon Blander

11 Knife Grinder

12 Tableting Machine

13 N2 Plant


– Pali, Rajasthan


C. Chloropicrin

Sr. No Particulars

1 Glass lined reactor

2 30 TR X 2 capacity chilling plant with 100 HP motor along with

circulation pumps

3 Storage for Product

There will no major equipment added due to increase the production capacity for which

amendment of ToR application has been applied to MoEF&CC.

2.5 Raw Materials required along with estimated quantity,

Raw material shall be sourced from registered supplier within India and Imported (if

required) based on the need and availability. Details of raw material along with the

Quantity and Means of storage is given in Table 2.4

Table 2.6 Details of Raw Material with Quantity

S. No Material Storage Quanity at site

Mode of Transportation

Storage Facility

A TOR APPROVED (dated 15th June 2017, F.No J-11011/327/2016-IA.II(I)

1 Methanol 50 T Through Tankers Underground storage tank (25 T X 2 )

2 Sulphuric acid 50 T Through Tankers Above ground storage tank (50 T X 1 )

3 Bromine NIL Through ISO tankers

In ISO Tanker Storage (No storage at Site)

4 Phosphorus 100 T Through Trucks In packed drums Above ground

5 Caustic Soda 20 T Through Trucks Above ground under shed

6 Nitro-methane 50 T Through ISO Tankers / trucks

In drums, above ground, under shed

7 Sodium Hypo Chloride

100 T Through Tankers Storage Above ground in drums / tanks

8 Soda Ash 5 T Through Trucks In Bags, Above ground under shed

9 Sulphur 10 T Through Trucks In Bags, Above ground under shed

10 Al-powder 50 T Through Trucks Above ground under shed

11 Zinc Powder 50 T Through Trucks Above ground under shed

B. Applied for amedement in TOR Additional Raw Materials (Received TOR on 11th September 2017 (Letter No. J-11011/327/2016-IA.II (I))}

1 N-Propyl Alchohal (NPA)

5 T Through Tankers / trucks

Storage in Drum / Storage tank


– Pali, Rajasthan


2 Salt (NaCl) 2 T Through Trucks In Bags, Above ground under shed

3 ISO-Propyl Alcohol 5 T Through Tankers / trucks


4 MEG (Mono-Ethylene Glycol)



5 OTBN 5 T Through Trucks Storage in Drum

6 MDC (Methylene Di-Chloride)

10 T Through Tankers / Truck


7 Sodium Bi-Carbonate 2 T Through Trucks In Bags, Above ground under shed

8 DMSO 5 T Through Tankers / Truck


9 Ethanol 5 T Through Tankers / Truck


C (A+B)

Cumulative Raw Material List (As per Approved ToR and Applied for amendment of ToR which received on 11th September 2017 (Letter No. J-11011/327/2016-IA.II (I))

S. No Material Storage Quantity

at site

Mode of Transportatio

n Storage Facility

CAS NO

LD50 LC 50

1 Methanol 50 T Through Tankers

Underground storage tank (25 T X 2 )

67-56-1.

5825 MG/KG rat

83.2mg/L RAT (4 H)

2 Sulphuric acid

50 T Through Tankers

Above ground storage tank (50 T X 1 )

7664-93-9

2140 mg/kg Rat

510 mg/m3 (Rat) 2 Hrs

3 Bromine NIL Through ISO tankers

In ISO Tanker Storage

7726-95-6

Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 2600 mg/kg [Rat]

Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 750 1 hours [Mouse].

4 Phosphorus (white)

100 T Through Trucks

In packed drums Above ground

12185-103

LD50 Rat (Charles-River, female) oral 3.03 mg/kg

Highly toxic. LC50< 2 mg/l

5 Caustic Soda 20 T Through Trucks

Above ground under shed

1310-73-2

Dermal LD50 Rabbit: 1350 mg/kg

Inhalation, rat: LC50 = 2300 mg/m3/2H;


– Pali, Rajasthan


6 Nitro-methane

50 T Through ISO Tankers / trucks

In drums, above ground, under shed

75-52-5


LC50 > 12.75 mg/L ( Rat ) 1 h

7 Sodium Hypo Chloride

100 T Through Tankers

Storage Above ground in drums / tanks

7681-52-9

LD50 = 8200 mg/kg ( Rat )

> 10500 mg/l (Rat) 1h

8 Soda Ash 5 T Through Trucks

In Bags, Above ground under shed

497-19-8.

4090 mg/kg ( Rat )

Inhalation Rat 2.30 mg/LRat 2 Hrs

9 Sulphur 10 T Through Trucks


7704-34-9

Rat oral LD50 of greater than 5,000 mg/kg

The acute inhalation LC50 sulfur in rats is greater than 2.56 mg/l;

10 Al-powder 50 T Through Trucks


7429-90-5.

> 2000 mg/kg

> 888 mg/l/4 Hr Rat

11 Zinc Powder 50 T Through Trucks


7440-66-6

>2000 mg/Kg

> 5.41 mg/L Inhalation

12 N-Propyl Alcohol (NPA)



71-23-8


VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 67882.3 ppm 4 hour(s) [Mouse].

13 Salt (NaCl) 2 T Through Trucks


7647-14-5

3000 mg/kg Rat Oral

7650 mg/l Fishes

14 ISO-Propyl Alcohol



67-63-0.


73 mg/l/4h (Rat) Inhalation


– Pali, Rajasthan


15 MEG (Mono-Ethylene Glycol)



107-21-1

ORAL (LD50): Acute: 4700 mg/kg [Rat].

VAPOR (LC50): Acute: >200 mg/m 4 hours [Rat].

16 OTBN 5 T Through Trucks

Storage in Drum

114772-53-1.

OralLD 50 1421 mg/Kg (Rat)

--

17 MDC (Methylene Di-Chloride)

10 T Through Tankers / Truck


75-09-2

ORAL (LD50): Acute: 1600 mg/kg [Rat].

Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 52000 1 hours [Rat].

18 Sodium Bi-Carbonate

2 T Through Trucks


144-55-8

Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 3360 mg/kg [Mouse].

Inhalation Rat LC50: >4.74 mg/l for 4.5 hrs

19 DMSO 5 T Through Tankers / Truck


67-68-5.

ORAL (LD50): Acute: 14500 mg/kg [Rat

Inhalation - rat - 4 h - 40250 ppm

20 Ethanol 5 T Through Tankers / Truck


64-17-5.

Oral, rat: LD50 = 9000 mg/kg;

Inhalation, rat: LC50 = 20000 ppm/10H;

Note – Henceforth cumulative List of products and raw material details will be

presented in EIA report.

2.5.2 Bulk Storages


– Pali, Rajasthan


The following raw materials will be stored in bulk with required safety measures.

Table 2.7 Bulk Storage

S. No Material Capacity Remarks

RAW MATERIAL

1 Methanol 2X 25 MT Underground tanks

2 Sulphuric acid 50 MT Over ground Tank

2.6 Infrastructure& Utilities required for INTECH Proposed Expansion Project: -

2.6.1 Water requirement and water balance

As per approved ToR

One-time water demand after expansion will be 194.5 KLD. Daily fresh water demand

will be 89.5 KLD which will be sourced from tanker water supply. By implementing

various recycle/reuse schemes water will be reused/recycled. Water consumption &

Waste water generation breakup is given in Table 2.8

Table 2.8 Water consumption & Waste water generation in Existing Plant

Sr. No Description Water Consumption

KLD

Waste Water

Generation

(KLD)

Effluent Treatment &

Disposal Facility

1 Domestic 5 4 To Soak pit

2 Process 0 - -

3 Cooling tower 3 0.3 After treatment for

Greenbelt

4 Boiler 3 0.5

5 Floor washing

and equipment

washing

1 1

Fresh Water

consumption

12

Cumulative Water Requirement and Water Balance Approved ToR and Applied for

amendment of ToR (received TOR on 11th September 2017 (Letter No. J-11011/327/2016-

IA.II (I))}

One time consumption= Recycle water +Fresh water requirement ( Loss +By products)

221.47 KL = (119.33+102.14) KL


– Pali, Rajasthan


Table 2.9 Total water Consumption and Waste Water Generation

1 One Time Consumption (First Day)

1.1 Process water 22.27 KL

1.2 Cooling Water 61 KL

1.3 DM Plant 113.2 KL

1.4 Plant washing 5 KL

1.5 Domestic consumption 20 KL

Total 221.47 KL

2 Recycle water

2.1 ETP Recycle 22.33 KL

2.2 Boiler 97 KL

Total 119.33 KL

3 Fresh water requirement(Loss+ By product)

3.1 By Product 8.77 KL

3.2 ETP Loss 8.57 KL

3.3 Cooling tower Loss 54 KL

3.4 Boiler steam Loss 10.8 KL

3.5 Domestic loss ( Gardening fallowed by STP) 20 KL

Total 102.14 KL

Figure 2.3 Combined Water Balance for proposed expansion project (With TOR

approved and applied for Amendment)

Note – Henceforth cumulative/Final Water Consumption, waste water generation and water

balance details will be presented in EIA report.


– Pali, Rajasthan


2.5.1 Power Requirement

Existing Plant Load 800 kWA; Additional plant load 3000 kVA

Total Plant load after expansion= 3800kVA. Power is supplied by Rajasthan

RajyaVidut Vitran Nigam.

DG set

Existing DG is 400 kVA and proposed 500 kVA (2 Nos)/ 1X1000 kVA, fuel: HSD, as

and when required during power failure during emergencies.

Power requirement due to amendment of ToR product will be cater in proposed power

requirement.

2.5.2 Fuel

S. No

Particulars Fuel used Fuel consumption (Approximate)

(PER HOUR) Existing

1 Boilers LDO 42 ltr.

2 DG HSD 80 ltr. (During Power failure only)

Proposed

1 Boilers (3 Nos @ each 4 Ton)

Briquette/LDO For briquette - 700 - 900 Kg / Hr For LDO -220 ltrs/hr

2 DG (500 kVA) – 2 nos HSD 106 Ltrs / hr (During Power failure only)

LDO / HSD Storage—5 KL each; Briquette Storage —500 MT

Ash generated from uses of Briquette (~ 0.98 MT/day ;(~ 30 MT / month) will be

disposed off to Brick/Cement manufacturers/ or for road development.

2.5.3 Employment / Manpower

During the construction phase, around 100 workers and during operational phase

around 330 workers (including contractors) will be required. Local skilled and semi-

skilled workers will be engaged during construction phase of the project to extent

possible as per their eligibility. The positives impact includes enhanced direct

employment for technical/ administrative works and in direct employment opportunities

for transporters of raw materials and finished goods.

Manpower

Total Skilled 170

Total Semi – skilled 50

Total Unskilled 210

Grand total 430

2.5. Environmental Aspects:

2.5.1. Liquid Effluent Management

Effluent Treatment Facility

Entire quantity of generated wastewater will be treated in 30.9 KLD ETP.


– Pali, Rajasthan


Wastewater will be segregated into two streams as High TDS / High COD (HTDS) and

Low TDS / Low COD (LTDS). The HTDS Effluent stream generated from process.

HTDS effluent will be collected in equalization tank and thereafter sent to

neutralization, Settling and solvent stripper will be sent to Multi Effect Evaporator

(MEE). The distillate water will be treated in ETP along with LTDS effluent. The

concentrate will be sent to ATFD for drying. The dried salt will be sent to approved

TSDF for final disposal. The ETP treated effluent will be passed through RO for

recovery of water for recycling. The RO reject will be send to MEE.No process effluent

will be discharged outside the plant premises. There is provision of stripper for

recovery of solvent (VOC) from HTDS effluent before MEE. The inorganic hazardous

residues will be sent to TSDF.

The other source of wastewater generation will be domestic Sewage of 16 KL/day;

which will be treated in STP. Treated water from STP will be used for greenbelt

development, Thus, there will not be any major impact on the water environment due

to proposed activities.

ETP flow diagram is given below:

Figure 2.4 ETP Flow Diagram


– Pali, Rajasthan


Table 2.10 Effluent Standards for Pesticide Industry

S. No Parameter Concentration not to

exceed, mg/l (except pH)

1. pH 6.5 – 8.5

2. BOD (3 days at 270C)

Technical grade unit 100

Formulation Unit 30

3. Oil& Grease 10

4. Suspended Solids 100

5. Bioassay test 90% survival of fish after 96

hrs in 100% effluent

6. Arsenic (as As) 0.2

7. Copper 1

8. Manganese 1

9. Mercury 0.01

10. Antimony (as Sb) 0.1

11. Zinc 1

12. Phenol & Phenolic compounds 1

(Source:CPCB )

2.5.2. Emission Control System: -

The sources of air emission in INTECH proposed project are Boilers, DG sets (during

power failure only) and process stacks. Dust can be generated from Drying and

micronizing the product. The product dry material is collected through cyclone

separator and bag filter to control any fine particle contamination in air.

DG SET

Three numbers DG sets are provided with complete CPCB approved acoustic

enclosure and vent pipe (stack) including existing stack

Emission Control Measures

The principal impacts on air environment shall be due to operation of flue gas stacks

and process stacks – Briquettes / LDO shall be used as fuel in the boilers & DG sets.

To minimize the impacts due to emission from boilers, cyclone separators & bag filter

shall be provided as air pollution control equipment. The process vents shall be

attached to efficient adequate Acidic or alkali scrubber to remove pollutant from

process emission.

The details of stacks and vents along with height, type of fuel, fuel consumption rate,

control measure etc. is referred in Table2.11.


– Pali, Rajasthan


Table 2.11 Stacks for Proposed Projects

SN Stack Attached

Stack Height in Meter;(From Ground)

Stack Dia

Flow in Nm3/hr; /Temp in 0C

Pollutants Concentration in mg/Nm3

Remarks

1 Boilers (3Nos each of 4 T capacity; Briquette/ LDO fired)

30 (Three Stacks)

700 mm (At Top)

7800/ 115 SPM<150 SO2 <50 NOx < 150

(Separate stacks for each boiler of 4TPH)

2 Process Stack Alkaline Scrubbers

10 0.3 ~940/37 PM < 20

HBr< 05

Common stack for all alkaline scrubbers

3 Process Stack Water Scrubbers

30 0.3 ~940/65 PM < 20

P2O5 (as H3PO4) < 10

Common stack for all acidic scrubbers

Air Pollution Control Systems with Stack Details

Gaseous emission from fuel burning, consist of common pollutants like SO2, NO2,

and PM would be discharged into atmosphere through Stack of suitable height.

Green belt will be developed covering >33% of the total project area, around the

plant boundary as dust preventive barrier.

Odour Control System: All the vents of the batch tanks and solvents are connected to

scrubber to absorb any pollutant / odour producing gases and chemicals. Green belt

around the plant boundary will absorb the odour to some extent.

The operation of centrifuging/ filter will be done in closed equipment to avoid any

vapours coming out in the local atmosphere. The vents of centrifuges / filters will be

connected to scrubbers.

The drying of the product (if required) is done in a closed type continuous Fluidized

Bed dryer/ Nudge filter to avoid the exposure of any chemicals to human being.

Volatile organic solvents are carefully handled in a closed system, thereby preventing

any discharge of these chemicals into the air.

Odour Control Measures

Adequate systems shall be provided to capture the odour /emissions from process

plants & maintain the emission quality as per recommended guidelines with central

scrubber having caustic solution, before venting it in to the atmosphere.

Control Measures.

All liquid raw materials and intermediates are charged into Reactors with pumps or

under gravity through closed pipes.


– Pali, Rajasthan


1. All vents of holding tanks and dosing vessels are connected to a Vent Scrubber

system comprising of a suction Blower, Acid Scrubber, Alkali Scrubber before

venting through a tall stack.

2. Suction Hoods are placed near the Man-holes & Charging funnels of Reactors &

Filters so that chemical vapours and dust do not escape into the Plant

&surroundings, when the man-hole covers are opened for inspection or charging

of RM.

3. All storage tanks of low boiling solvents / chemical are provided with Conservation

Vents.

4. Vents of acid storage tanks are provided with a Water filled trap to prevent Acid

fumes from escaping out.

5. All pumps handling hazardous chemicals are provided with mechanical seals to

prevent fugitive emission. Wherever possible magnetic coupled pumps will be

used.

6. Any spillage from drums etc. will be absorbed with saw dust / soda ash and

moped clean. The contaminated absorbent will be safely disposed off along with

hazardous waste.

Fuel combustion: The fuel combustion is from DG sets, boilers (Briquette/LDO fired).

By controlling optimum conditions and in built internal cyclones and bag filters and

also the stack heights the level of particulate matter, SO2 and NOX concentrations are

kept within prescribed limiting standards.

Table 2.12 National Emission Standards for Pesticide Manufacturing and Formulation

Industry

S. No. Parameter Not to exceed (mg/Nm3)

1 HCl 20

2 Cl2 05

3 H2S 05

4 P2O5 (as H3PO4) 10

5 NH3 30

6 Particulate matter within the form of pesticide compounds

20

7 CH3Cl 20

8 HBr 05

(Source:)

The pollution load due to the unit is as given below:


– Pali, Rajasthan


Table 2.13 Pollution Load

Sr. No Stack attached to/

Pollutant

Pollutant Load Kg/hr

PM SOx NOx

HBr P2O5 (as H3PO4)

1. Boiler -1 1.17 0.39 1.17 --- ---

2. Boiler 2 1.17 0.39 1.17 --- ---

3. Boiler 3 1.17 0.39 1.17 --- ---

4. Alkali Scrubber

0.188 --- --- 0.047 ---

5. Water Scrubber 0.188 --- --- --- 0.094

The proposed emission control system is adequate to cater the emission load increase

due to additional products and by products, as per application submitted to MoEF&CC

for amendment of ToR.

Note – Henceforth cumulative/ final emission load and stacks details will be presented

in EIA report.

2.5.3. Solid and Hazardous waste

Ash will be main solid waste generated during operation of project. Ash will be

generated from boiler by using briquette. Ash will be stored in Silos (dry handling). Ash

will be disposed off through Cement plant, Brick manufacturing, Road development etc

(As per the guideline of Fly Ash Disposal).

The hazardous waste is generated at various stages of the manufacturing activity. The

disposal methodology generally adopted by INTECH is as stated below: - The

domestic and industrial wastewater generated will be segregated based on pollutant

content. The toxic effluent wastewater will go to the Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP).

Minor quantities of construction waste will be generated in the form of packaging

material and construction waste. Proper care will be taken for handling and reduction

of the solid waste generated during construction phase. During the operation phase

the solid waste is being generated in the form of ETP sludge/ process residue etc.

Hazardous wastes category as per hazardous waste the hazardous wastes

(management, handling and Trans-boundary movement) rules, 2016.

a. Process wastes/ residue b. Chemical sludge containing residue insecticides c. Date expired and off-specification insecticides

In Existing plant INTECH has obtained the membership for Hazardous Waste Disposal

from UCCI (Udaipur Chamber of Commerce and Industry), Udaipur, Rajasthan.

(Membership Certificate Attached as Annexure with final EIA report) For additional

Hazardous waste from proposed project (including additional products) will also be

disposed off through authorized disposal agency and membership for the same will be

obtained accordingly.


– Pali, Rajasthan


Table 2.14 Hazardous Waste Generation Quantity

S. No

Type of Waste Existing

Qty /Annum

Proposed Qty /

annum

Total Qty

/Annum Remarks

1 Used or Spent oil (cat. 5.1)

50 Ltrs or 0.05 KL

2 KL 2.05 KL Sold to authorized processor.

2 Wastes or residue containing oil (Cat 5.2)

720 Kg/0.72 T

2 T 2.72 T Sold to authorized processor.

4 Sludge containing residual pesticides (Cat. 29.2)

- 600 T 600 T To TSDF site

7 Spent Acids (Cat. 29.6)

- 8500 T 8500 T Sold to authorized processor.

8

Empty containers / barrels / liners contaminated with hazardous chemicals. / wastes (Cat. 33.1)

- 800 T 800 T

sold to authorized recyclers.

9

Contaminated Cotton rags or other cleaning materials (cat. 33.2)

- 10 T 10 T

To TSDF site

10

Chemical Sludge from Waste Water Treatment (cat. 35.3)

- 500 T 500 T

To TSDF site

11

Date expired and off-specifications pesticides (cat. 29.3)

- 50 T 50 T

To TSDF Site

2.5.4. Noise Environment

The proposed project will have various machines and equipment which will generate

noise. The equipment and machines will have adequate provision to minimize the

noise generation. The manufacturing process is batch process.

Plant personnel working in the noisy area will be provided with earplug.

Installation of the plant machinery will be done after due consideration to design

noise levels and noise mitigation measures.

The green belt developed helps in reducing noise levels generated due to plant

operations.


– Pali, Rajasthan


There will be few major sources of industrial noise; minor noise generated from the

industrial operations will be controlled by proper maintenance.

Proper mitigation measures will be taken in addition to above for the reduction of

noise levels i.e. use of acoustic enclosures and providing personal protective

equipment etc. to the workers.

Periodical monitoring for noise will be carried out on periodical basis.

Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals is done

to minimize generation of noise at source.

The D.G. sets will be provided with acoustic enclosures.

2.5.5. Green Belt Development

The site has some existing tree plantation on periphery of the plant and along the

roads. It will ensure the greenbelt to the extent of 33% of the plot area.

As per approved TOR INTECH will develop greenbelt in an area of 33 % i.e. 14247

m2 out of total area of project 42907 m2, For the proposed expansion project the area

will increase (applied for TOR amendment) hence INTECH will developed a dense

greenbelt in about 3.5 ha (33%) of the area within the plant. About 1150 trees/ha shall

be planted. On an average about 4000 trees shall be planted within the premises as a

greenbelt.

2.5.6. Project Cost:

The overall investment in the project is 2700 lacs About Rs. 382.0 Lac is proposed for

the environment protection program. Details are as given below:

Capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures

S. No. Description of Item

Capital Cost

Recurring Cost

(In Lacs) (In Lacs)

1 Air Pollution Control/ Noise 80 7.5

2 Water Pollution Control 200 18

3 Control of Fire and explosion Hazard, safety measures

37 3.9

4 Environmental Monitoring and Management

10 1.5

5 Green Belt Development 55 10

Total 382.00 35.50

2.5.7. Proposed CSR activities and budget

CSR Plan: INTECH has allocated 2.5% of the total project cost towards the Enterprise

Social Commitment (ESC) and item-wise details along with time bound action plan will

be prepared and incorporated after public hearing.

INTECH shall create a CSR Cell under the direct control of Top Management of the

project. The CSR Cell shall implement the CSR programs.


– Pali, Rajasthan


CHAPTER 3. : DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1. Background and Salient Environmental Features of the Study Area

Generation of environmental baseline data for a project area is an important phase of

any Environmental Impact Assessment process. Baseline data provide vital

information on the existing environmental quality in which a development is planned. It

is also useful for delineating environmental sensitive areas and for preparing an

Environmental Sensitivity Map for contingency planning. In this study, the

environmental characteristics of the project area (10 km study area) were established

through extensive literature search, field sampling/measurements, laboratory analysis,

consultation and data interpretation.

Initially Baseline study has been carried out by M/s Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd.

during Oct 2016 to Dec 2016 as per the standard TOR. As per approved ToR dated

15th July-2017, it is mentioned that baseline study carried out from Oct-2016 to Dec-

2016 to be considered for public hearing. M/s Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd. did not

have NABET accreditation for pesticide (Section 5(b)) sector. INTECH has requested

EQMS to carry out validation of the further work and prepare the EIA Report as per the

EIA Notification dated 14 Sept 2006 and its amendments. EQMS has followed the

MoEF&CC issued Term of reference (TOR) vide file no. J-11011/327/2016-IA. II (I)

dated 15th June 2017 & applied for amendment of ToR for preparing the EIA report.

EQMS has supplemented the existing baseline data (Oct 2016 to Dec 2016) collection

with additional one-month monitoring (1st May to 31th May, 2017) and

prepared/revalidated the baseline data and prepared the EIA report.

Secondary data from literature search were also obtained from the Govt. sources i.e.

Meteorological Department, CPCB publications; Forest Department and other Govt.

Sources. M/s JP Test& Research Center, Sahibabad, Uttar Pradesh with EQMS Field

Team, carried out field sampling and testing work. The study area within a 10 km

radius around the proposed plant site has been considered as impact zone for present

EIA study. Primary and secondary data was collected for 10 km radial study of the

project site.

3.1.1. Environmental Setting and Salient Environmental Features of the Project Area

Proposed Expansion of Existing Pesticide plant for manufacturing of Technical grade

pesticides at Khasra No. 143, 143/1,118,118/1,118/2,119,120,121,122, Village –

This Chapter describes the baseline environmental conditions around the M/s Intech

Pharma Pvt Ltd., project site for various environmental attributes, i.e. physical, biological

and socio-economic conditions, within the 10 km radial zone of the proposed project

site, which is termed as the study area. Topography, drainage, meteorology, air, noise,

water, soil and land constitute the physical environment, where as flora and fauna

constitute the biological environment. Demographic details and occupational pattern in

the study area constitute socio-economic environment.


– Pali, Rajasthan


Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur, District Pali Rajasthan. The proposed expansion

project site is well connected by road network and has advantage of good

infrastructure facilities like national highway (NH-112 & NH-14) roads, water, power

etc; The NH-112 is passing about 1.16 km southwest of the site. NH-14 is passing

about 4.85 km south of the plant site. The plant site is well connected to NH-112 by

MDR roads.

Nearest Railway station is Barlocated about 6.44 km from the site in south east

direction. Beawar Railway station is located about 23 km east of the site. Jodhpur

Airport is around 125 km away from the project site. Dabok Airport (UDR) in Udaipur

located at an aerial distance of ~ 167 km in SSW direction. No major town is located

within the study area of 10 km radius. Road connectivity map is provided in Figure

3.1.

Figure 3.1 Road Connectivity Map

There is no settlement within the 500m area of the project site. Nearest settlement is

Birantiya Kalan village located about 1.2 km in SW direction. Other village located

near to the site are Dhoolkot located about 2.1 km in NNE direction; Birantiya Khurd

village is located at about 3.3 km in SE direction. Other villages are located more than

2 km from the site.

Lilri River and Sukri river are the main surface water bodies located within the study

area. both the rivers are ephemeral and rain fed rivers. Lilri River (Dry River) is located

at about 5.4 km away in northwest direction of the project site. Sukri river is located

about 3.1 km North-East of the plant site. There are no areas protected under

international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, landscape,

cultural or other related value. There is no national park, wildlife sanctuary, biosphere


– Pali, Rajasthan


reserve and wetland is present within the study area. Location map and Google Map

of 10-km radius study area are shown in Figure 3.2 & 3.3. The salient environmental

features of project site within 500 m, 2.0 km and 10 km radius are summarized in

Table 3.1.

Table 3.1 : Salient Environmental Features of Proposed Site

S.

No.

Environmental

Features

Within 500-m

area around

Project Site

Within 2.0-km

area around

Project Site

Within 10-km Radius

area around Project Site

1 Ecological Environment

A Presence of Wildlife

Sanctuary/ National

Park/Biosphere

Reserves

None None None

B Reserved /Protected

Forests

None None

RF near Jaitpura about 8.2

kmESE

C Wetland of state and

national interest

None None None

D Migratory route for

wild animals

None None None

E Presence of schedule-

I Fauna

None Schedule -1 Least

Concern

Schedule -1 Least

Concern

G Critically polluted area None within 10 km study area

2. Physical Environment

H Road Connectivity Link Roads

(Major district

road)

NH-112 (Deana-

Raipur),1.16km,

SW

NH-14 (Beawar-Sirohi-

Radhanpur), ~4.85Km,

(S)

I Rail Connectivity None None None

(Sandera RS ~11 Km SE)

J Defence Installation None None None

K Densely Populated

Area

None None None


– Pali, Rajasthan


L Village close to plant

site

Birantiya Kalan village ~1.2 km SW, Dhoolkot ~2.1 km NNE,

Birantiya Khurd village ~3.3 km SE.

M Topography (site) Plain, elevation of site ranges between 342 to 345 m amsl

M Seismicity Seismic zone-II ( low risk damage Zone)

N Surface Water

Resources (Rivers)

None None Lilri River (Dry) ~ 5.5 km

NW and Sukri River (Dry)

~3.1 km in NE

O Soil and Land-use Sandy clay loam,

land use is

Industrial

Sandy loam &

Sandy clay loam

land use

agriculture and

settlement

Sandy loam & sandy clay

loam land use agriculture

and settlement

3. Social Environment

S Physical Sensitive

Receptors

None School, Hospitals,

Temple etc.

School, Hospitals, Temple

etc.



Figure 3.2 Location Map of 10-km Radius Study Area



Figure 3.3 Google Map of 10-km Radius Study Area


Pali, Rajasthan


3.1.2. Primary Data Collection: Monitoring Plan and Quality Assurance Procedures

Initially EIA study has been carried out by M/s Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd. Since M/s

Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd. did not have NABET accreditation for pesticide (Section

5(b)) sector. INTECHhas requested EQMS to carry out validation of the further work and

prepare the EIA Report as per the EIA Notification dated 14 Sept 2006. Primary baseline

data has been collected by Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd. as per the TOR prescribed

by MOEF during Oct-2016 to Dec 2016 (Attached as Annexure-). EQMS has

supplemented the existing baseline data collection with one month 1st May to 31th May

2017 and prepared/revalidated the EIA report. The study period and methodology for

primary data collection is summarized in Table 3.2.

Table 3.2 : Summary of Methodology for Primary/Secondary Baseline Data Collection

Parameters

No. of

Sampling

Locations

Frequency/

Season Remark

Ambient Air Quality

PM (10), PM(2.5), SO2,Nox

NH3, CO, VOC, HF, HBr,H2S

Eight (08)

locations

(Refer Fig.

No.3.5 )

Twice a

Week

for Oct to Dec

2016

&

May 2017

AAQ monitoring was carried out at eight

(08) locations (representing upwind,

downwind and sensitive locations). 24

hours sampling at each location was

carried out as per CPCB guide lines

(CPCB Gazette notification dated

18.11.2009 on AAQ).

Meteorology

Temperature, Humidity, Wind

speed, Direction, Rainfall etc.

One location

Hourly for Oct

to Dec 2016

&

May 2017

Met station was established close to the

site to record the site specific hourly met

data.

Ground Water Quality

Physical, chemical and biological

parameters as per IS:10500

Eight (08)

locations in

study area

(Fig 3.5)

Oct to Dec

2016

&

May 2017

Ground water: Sampling was conducted

at eight (08) locations. Samples were

preserved, transported and analyzed for

different parameters based on APHA

methods. Temp, conductivity and pH

which were measured intently at site

itself.

Surface Water Quality


Pali, Rajasthan


Parameters

No. of

Sampling

Locations

Frequency/

Season Remark

Physical, chemical and biological

parameters as per IS:10500

Three (03)

locations in

study area

(Fig 3.5)

Oct to Dec

2016

&

May 2017

Surface water: Sampling was conducted

at three (03) locations. Samples were

preserved, transported and analyzed for

different parameters based on APHA

methods. Temp, conductivity, DO and pH

which were measured intently at site

itself.

Soil

Texture, bulk density, pH,

conductivity, cation exchange

capacity, organic matter, Total

N,P,K, and Heavy metals etc

Eight (08)

locations in

study area

(Fig 3.5)

Oct to Dec

2016

&

May 2017

Soil samples were collected at eight (08)

locations within the study area and

analyzed as per IARI method

Noise

Noise profiling for 24 hrs

Eight (08)

locations in

study area

(Fig 3.5)

Oct to Dec

2016

&

May 2017

Noise monitoring was conducted within

the 10-km area of project site for noise

profiling for 24 hrs using integrated

sound level meter, as per CPCB

guidelines.

Ecology (Flora & Fauna)

Flora & Fauna -

Oct to Dec

2016

&

May 2017

Primary field survey and secondary

sources

Demography & Socio-economic Features

Demography & Socio-economic -

Oct to Dec

2016

&

May 2017

Primary field survey and secondary

sources

Standard methods and procedures have been strictly adhered to in the course of this

study. QA/QC procedures were strictly followed which covers all aspects of the study,

and includes sample collection, handling, laboratory analyses, data coding, statistical

analyses, presentation and communication of results. All analysis was carried out in


Pali, Rajasthan


NABL/MoEF accredited/recognized laboratory. Environment sampling Map is provided in

Figure 3.5.

Close view Map of Project site: Close view map of project site showing coordinates of

four corners of the site is presented in Figure 3.4.

Figure 3.4 Close view Map with Project Site coordinates



Figure 3.5 Environment Sampling Location Map


Pali, Rajasthan


3.2. Physical Environment

3.2.1. Topography

The study area falls in Pali district. The district has undulated plains with scattered hills.

The general topographic elevation in the district ranges broadly between 150 m to 300 m

above mean sea level. The lowest elevation of 149.3 m amsl is noticed in Rohat block in

the western part of the district whereas the highest elevation of 1,068 m above mean sea

level in Bali in southern part of the district.

Topography of the Site & Study area: The study area falls in Raipur tehsil of the Pali

district. The general topography of the study area is flat. The mean elevation of the study

area ranges between 309 m to 429 m above mean sea level. The topography of project

site is flat and the elevation of the site ranges between 342 m to 345 m above mean sea

level. The slope of the project site is southeast and south side.

3.2.2. Drainage

The drainage of the study area is controlled by Lilri and Sukri river. Both the river is

ephemeral and rain fed river. The drainage pattern of the study area is dendritic in

nature. The area is sloping slightly towards south eastern side hence all the drainage of

the study area is drains towards south eastern part along the river channel. Drainage

map of the study area is presented in Figure 3.6.

Figure 3.6 Drainage Map of Study Area

3.2.3. Geology

Geologically, the district belongs to Delhi Super Group and Marwar Super Group. The

Delhi Super Group comprises of Kumbhalgarh, Phulad Ophiolite sute, Sendra-

Ambajigranite, Sirohi and Punagarh Group. The Delhi Super Group is overlaid by a


Pali, Rajasthan


sequence of unmetamorphosed sedimentary rocks consisting of sandstone, limestone,

siltstone and gypsum beds. The MarwarSuper Group is divided into Jodhpur and Bilara

Group which consists of sandstone, shale and limestone rocks. The Delhi Super Group

rocks are intruded by granites and rhyolite. The predominant intrusive is the Erinpura

Granite. The Delhi Super Group is mainly exposed in NNE parts of the district while

Marwar Super Group is exposed in northern parting Jaitaran and Sojat blocks. Erinpura

granite & gneiss occupied almost 50 % area of the district and exposed mainly in central,

southern and southeaster parts of the district. Geological succession of the Pali district is

given in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3 Geological Sequence

Super group Group Formation

Marwar Recent to Sub-

Recent

Alluvium & wind blown

Bhilara Lime stone

Jodhpur Sandstone, shale, boulders and chert.

Intrusive (Post

Delhi)

Malani Igneous

Suite

Granite and gneiss

Erinpura Granite Basic volcanic with pillow lava, meta tuff, quartzite,

shale, slate phyllite, bedded chert

Delhi Punagarh Basic volcanic with pillow lava, meta tuff, quartzite,

shale, slate phyllite, bedded chert

Sirohi Phyllite, mica schist, biotite schist, dolomitic marble,

migmatite& gneisses epidiorite, Hornblende

Sendra-Ambaji

Granite

Granite and gneiss

PhuladOphiolite

Suite

Hornblendes schist, amphibolite, pyroxene granulite,

gabbro &ultramafic

Kumbhalgarh Calc schist, marble, granite schist/amphibolite, biotite

schist, quartzite, mica schist and migmatite

3.3. Hydrogeology

The main hydrogeological formation encountered in the study area is as Quaternary

Alluvium (Younger and Older), Bilara limestone (Marwar Super group), Jodhpur

Sandstone (Marwar Super group), Malani Suite of Ignious rocks (Post Delhi and Delhi


Pali, Rajasthan


Super group), Calcareous Schist, Slate, Phylite, and Granite Gneiss (Aravali Super

group).

3.3.1. Stage of Ground Water Development

The study area falls in Raipur block of Pali district. As per the CGWB categorization of

blocks the study area falls in over exploited category which means that the dynamic

ground water resources are already exhausted. The ground water development in the

study area is more than 100% and the ground water is largely saline hence categorized

as over exploited category.

3.3.2. Depth to Ground Water Table

The study area falls in Raipur block of Pali District. During pre-monsoon period (May,

2010), depth to water level in Raiur block varied from 10 mbgl to 60 mbgl and during post

monsoon period (November, 2010), depth to water level in Raipur block varied from 2

mbgl to 40 mbgl.

3.3.3. Seismicity of the Study Area

Based on tectonic features and records of past earthquakes, a seismic zoning map of

India has been prepared by a committee of experts under the auspices of Bureau of

Indian Standard (BIS Code: IS: 1893: Part I 2002. According to the seismic-zoning map

of India, the project area falls in Zone II (Low risk zone) of seismicity. Thus, lies among

the low-risk earthquake areas. The seismicity map of study area is shown in Figure 3.9.


Pali, Rajasthan


Figure 3.7 Seismic Zones Map

3.4. Land use

Land use analysis was carried out using remote Sensing Data. Interpretation approach

based on systematic digital imaging was used for delineating the land use classes. The

demarcation of boundaries falling under different land use/land cover units is done using

different colors assigned to different land use/land cover units of satellite imagery1.

The site is located in the existing industrial area. Most of the land within the 10 km area

of the project site is agricultural land. As per the land use based on satellite image, about

54% of the land is Agricultural land, 33%% of the land is Open Forest, about 7% land is

under Dense forest & 6% of the land is under other uses (Refer Figure 3.9 and Table

3.4).

Table 3.4 : Land use of the Study Area

Sl. No. Class Area( SQ KM) Percentage (%)

1 Agricultural Land 175.85 54

2 Dense Forest 21.54 7

3 Open forest 105.13 33

4 Settlement 12.18 4

5 Dry River Bed 6.33 2

6 Water body 0.56 0.001

Total 321.59 100

Source: Satellite Image analysis

1The satellite Imagery of Indian Remote Sensing Satellite (IRS- ID, sensor P6, LISS III) of 24 m resolution

was used. The Swath of the imagery is 141 Km x 141 Km. Band used are 4, 3, 2 and 5. LANDSAT imagery of

30meter resolution and 185 x 185 km swath is also used for the comparative and overall analysis of the

area. LISS III imagery and LANDSAT 4-5 TM imagery were used for the complete coverage of the study area

Agricultural Land54%

Dense Forest7%

Open forest33%

Settlement4%

Dry River Bed2%

Water body0.001%

Landuse Pattern


Pali, Rajasthan


Figure 3.8 : Graph Showing Land Use of the Study Area (10 km Radius)



Source: Interpretation of Satellite image

Figure 3.9 Land use/Land Cover Map of 10 Km Radial Study Zone


Pali, Rajasthan


3.5. Meteorology

Historical meteorological data was obtained from nearest IMD station located at Ajmer.

The predominant wind direction is from west and northwest direction in all season. Details

provided in Table 3.5.

Table 3.5 Long Term Meteorological Data of Ajmer (30 years’ average)

Month

Temperatur

e

(o C) daily

Relative

Humidity

(%) Rainfall

(mm)

Predomina

nt Wind

Direction

(From)

Calm Period Cloud

Amounts

Oktas

Wind

Speed

Km/hr Max Min Max Min 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

January 23.8 7.2 65 34 6.1 NE, NW 61 21 1.6. 1.6 3.5

February 26.5 10.2 56 28 7.5 SW, NW 54 13 1.7 2.0 4.3

March 32.0 15.7 41 21 4.4 SW, NW 41 9 1.6 1.9 5.8

April 37.5 21.9 35 22 5.4 SW, W 28 5 1.6 2.1 7.3

May 40.4 26.4 38 22 18.7 SW, W 12 4 0.9 1.7 10.3

June 39.1 26.9 57 36 57.5 SW, W 6 3 2.5 2.7 12.1

July 34.3 25.3 75 58 214.3 SW, W 7 9 5.0 5.1 10.2

August 32.0 24.3 80 67 156.1 SW, W 10 11 5.4 5.3 8.9

September 33.6 23.6 69 53 81.2 SW, W 18 11 2.8 3.2 7.2

October 34.6 18.8 54 34 8.1 SW, NW 50 25 0.8 1.3 4.1

November 29.8 12.8 56 37 6.1 SW, NE 67 35 1.1 1.3 3.3

December 25.2 8.2 64 40 3.6 NE, SW 63 31 1.5 1.7 3.2

Annual

Total or

Mean

32.4 14.8 58 38 569.0 SW, W 35 15 2.2 2.5 6.7

Source: Indian Meteorological Department, Ajmer

Temperature– December, January and February constitutes winter months with daily

mean minimum temperature around 7.20C and daily mean maximum temperature around

26.50C. May are the hottest month with daily mean maximum temperature at 40.40C and

daily mean minimum temperature at 26.40C.

Relative Humidity– The air is generally dry in the region except during monsoon. April

and May are driest with relative humidity ranges between 22-38%. The maximum

humidity during rainy season is 80%.

Rainfall– The annual total rainfall is 569 mm. Over 80% of the total annual rainfall is

received during the monsoon period between July to September.


Pali, Rajasthan


Cloud Cover – In the study area, clear weather prevails in most of the time during post

monsoon, winter and summer seasons. Only during monsoon months of July, August and

September, moderate to heavy clouds are observed. Relevant details about the number

of days with zero oktas of cloud cover (all clouds) for all months are presented in Table

3.5.

Table 3.6 No. of days with zero oktas of cloud cover (Ajmer)

Cloud Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Time

08:30 19 17 18 18 23 14 4 3 11 25 21 19

17:30 18 14 17 16 17 12 3 3 8 20 20 17

Wind Speed– The mean wind speed ranges from 3.2 to 4.1 kmph during post-monsoon,

7.2 to 12.1 kmph during monsoon and 5.8 to 10.3 kmph in pre-monsoon season.

Wind Direction– The predominant wind direction at Ajmer is from south west in all year

and second most predominant wind direction is from west.

Calm Periods – The calm period constitutes an important factor in the dispersion of air

pollution. The calm period is more during morning (08:30) compared to Evening (17:30).

The maximum calm period occurs during October to February months. Monthly calm

period values obtained from nearest IMD is shown in Table 3.7.

Table 3.7 Monthly Percentages of Calm Periods (IMD Ajmer)

Calm (%) Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec

Time

08:30 61 54 41 28 12 6 7 10 18 50 67 63

17:30 21 13 9 5 4 3 9 11 11 25 35 31

Special Weather Phenomena- The occurrence of thunderstorm is 14.5 days per year,

mostly spread across the months of May to September. Annual Dust Storm is 4.3 days

during summer. Annually 4 days have visibility less than 1 km, 61 days has visibility in the

range of 1 - 4 km, 185 days have visibility in the range of 4 -10 km, 95 days between 10 -

20 km and 20 days have visibility above 20 km.

3.5.2. Met Data Generated at Site

Met data for post monsoon season Oct 2016 to Dec2016 was generated at site by Enkay

Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd. met data was again generated for month of May 2017 by EQMS.

An automatic weather monitoring station was installed at Project site, keeping the sensors

free exposed to the atmosphere and with minimum interference with the nearby


Pali, Rajasthan


structures. The micro-meteorological data like wind speed, wind direction, temperature,

relative humidity and atmospheric pressure were collected using the weather stationed

cloud cover was recorded manually for the study period. The wind directions, wind speed,

temperature, rainfall and humidity recorded at site during post monsoon season 2016 and

summer season 2017 are presented in Table 3.7and Table 3.8 respectively. Site specific

wind rose diagram is presented in Figure 3.10 and Figure 3.11. Graphical representation

of wind frequency distribution patter is provided in Figure 3.11.

Table 3.8 Site Specific Meteorological Data (Oct 2016 to Dec2016)

Month

Temperature

(0C)

Relative Humidity

(%) Rainfall in mm

Wind Speed

Kmph

Max Min Max Min Max Total Max Min

October- 2016 39.40 18.00 75.30 16.40 0 0 10.40

0

November-2016 35.60 12.00 79.30 17.00 0 0 14.20 0

December- 2016 35.40 7.10 84.10 12.30 0 0 8.40 0

Table 3.9 Site Specific Meteorological Data (May 2017)

Month

Temperature

(0C)

Relative

Humidity (%)

Wind speed

m/s Direction

Calm

period

Max Min Max Min Min Max From %

May 2017 44.0 24.0 74 11 0.5 >3 SW, W 13.04


Pali, Rajasthan


Figure 3.10 Wind Frequency Distribution (Post monsoon Season 2016)

Figure 3.11 Wind Frequency Distribution (May 2017)


Pali, Rajasthan


Figure 3.12 Wind Frequency distribution (May 2017)

3.6. Ambient Air Quality

AAQ monitoring was done for post monsoon season 2016 (1st Oct 2016 to 31st Dec 2016)

and repeated for one month in May 2017 (1st May to 31st May 2017). Date wise AAQ

results for May 2017 is attached as Annexure. CPCB guidelines were applied for

selecting the appropriateness of monitoring locations. The location and height of the

stations were so selected (>5 m from base) to avoid the capture of re-suspended road

dust and fugitive domestic emissions due to burning. All the ambient air analysis with

respect to each parameter were analyzed as per CPCB guidelines. AAQ monitoring was

done at eight locations within the study area considering dominant wind direction,

populated area and sensitive receptors. Details of monitoring locations are shown in


Pali, Rajasthan


Table 3.10. Monitoring Location map is shown in Figure 3.4. The summary of Ambient

Air quality results is presented in Table 3.10and Table 3.11.

Table 3.10 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

S.N.

Station

Direction &

Direction wrt

site

Terrain features

Coordinates

1 Project site - Flat terrain. Industrial setting

N 26O

07'08.8"

E 74o

05'33.9

2 Dhulkot 1.9 km,NE Flat terrain, rural, located in

downwind direction for

summer season

N 26o

08'05.5" E 74

o06'27.5"

3 Birantiya Khurd 3.1 km,E Flat terrain, rural, located in

downwind direction for

summer

N 26o

07'12.8"

E 74o

08'12.9"

4 Birantiya Kalan 1.3 km,SW Flat terrain, rural, located in

upwind direction for summer

N 26o

05'45.7"

E 74o

06'27.5"

5 Lakshmangarh 1.8 km,NW Flat terrain, rural, located in

downwind direction for post

monsson season

N 26o

07'59.6"

E 74o

04'37.1"

6 Road junction of Birantiya Kalan and Purthigarh

3.9 km,W Flat terrain, mixed use area,

located in upwind direction

for summer season

N 26o

07'45.1" E 74

o03'08.7"

7 Road junction of Birantiya Kalan and Dhulkot

0.2 km,SW Flat terrain, mixed use area,

located in upwind direction

for summer season

N 26o

07'02.3"

E 74o

05'19.9"

8 Hajiwas 2.3km,N Flat terrain, rural, located in

crosswind direction for

summer

N 26o

08'30.8" E 74

o05'34.4"

Table 3.11 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average)


Pali, Rajasthan


Location PM10 (mg/m3) PM2.5 (mg/m3)

Min Max Mean 98 %tile Min Max Mean 98 %tile

Project site 74.32 87.45 79.89 86.28 37.05 46.25 41.83 46.01

Dhoolkot 54.96 80.21 68.86 79.28 24.71 37.91 30.78 37.05

Birantiya Khurd 58.08 77.5 68.65 75.7 28.22 34.29 30.88 34.25

Birantiya Kalan 62.58 81.39 73.28 80.98 19.16 39.15 29.99 38.65

Lakshmangarh 60.58 89.92 68.25 84.13 25.15 41.83 31.2 39.66

Road junction of Birantiya

Kalan and Purthigarh

61.38 80.14 67.88 79.23 18.1 39.73 29.45 39.61

Road juction of Birantiya

Kalan and Dhoolkot

47.38 79.05 66.69 78.24 17.19 40.1 30.25 39.66

Hajiwas 40.57 68.07 56.6 66.33 23.12 33.47 29.15 28.31

Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis during Oct 2016 to Dec 2016

Table 3.11 continued ........

Location SO2 (mg/m3) NOx(mg/m3)


Projet site 7.83 10.8 9.44 10.74 12.29 16.34 14.38 16.24

Dhoolkot 6.31 10.16 7.81 9.73 11.48 15.57 13.52 15.5

Birantiya Khurd 6.36 9.87 7.82 9.6 11.43 15.67 13.54 15.5

Birantiya Kalan 5.83 9.68 7.68 9.64 8.14 15 12.06 14.76

Lakshmangarh 4.09 8.33 6.21 8.28 8.97 15.62 12.38 15.56



4.89 10.02 6.96 9.57 9.1 13.39 11.68 13.23


Kalan and Dhoolkot

4.17 9.48 6.67 9.01 7.64 14.8 11.24 14.78


Pali, Rajasthan


Hajiwas 3.77 6.62 4.99 6.47 8.79 12.93 10.51 12.87


Table 3.11 continued ........

Location CO(mg/m3)

8 hrs.

Min Max Mean 98 %tile

Project site 0.20 0.70 0.36 0.65

Dhoolkot 0.10 0.80 0.35 0.70

Birantiya Khurd 0.10 0.60 0.30 0.55

Birantiya Kalan 0.10 0.60 0.32 0.55

Lakshmangarh 0.20 0.60 0.40 0.60

Road junction of Birantiya Kalan and Purthigarh 0.20 0.60 0.36 0.60

Road junction of Birantiya Kalan and Dhoolkot 0.30 0.60 0.44 0.60

Hajiwas 0.30 0.60 0.38 0.60


Observation on Ambient Air Quality (Oct 2016 to Dec 2016)

PM10: The 98thpercentile value of PM10 was maximum 86.28μg/m3 observed at Project

Site and minimum 66.33 μg/m3 observed at Hajiwas. The 24 hours’ applicable limit for

industrial, Residential Rural and Other Areas is 100 µg/m3.

PM2.5: The 98th percentile value of PM2.5maximum46.01 μg/m3 observed at Project site

and minimum 28.31 μg/m3 at Hajiwas. The 24 hours applicable limit for industrial,

Residential Rural and Other Areas is 60µg/m3.

SO2: The 98th percentile value ofSO2 was maximum (10.74 μg/m3) observed at Project

site and minimum (6.47 μg/m3) at Hajiwas. The 24 hours’ applicable limit for industrial,

Residential Rural and Other Areas is 80 µg/m3.

NO2: The 98th percentile value off Nitrogen Dioxide (16.24 μg/m3) observed at project site

and minimum 12.87 μg/m3 at Hajiwas. The 24 hours’ applicable limit for industrial,

Residential Rural and Other Areas is 80 µg/m3.


Pali, Rajasthan


CO: The concentration of CO at all locations was ranges between 0.1to 0.8mg/m3. The 8

hours’ applicable limit for Industrial, Residential Rural and other areas is 2mg/m3.

HC & VOCs: The value of VOCs and HC found below Detection Limit at project site

Ambient Air Quality (May 2017)

Table 3.12 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average)

Location PM10 (mg/m3) PM2.5 (mg/m3)


Project site 70 85 77 84 28 36 31 34

Dhoolkot 54 74 65 74 20 31 26 31

Birantiya Khurd 55 73 63 72 22 32 27 32

Birantiya Kalan 58 80 68 79 21 35 26 35

Lakshmangarh 60 81 69 80 25 35 30 35

Road juction of Birantiya Kalan and

Purthigarh

57 75 65 74 22 32 27 35

Road juction of Birantiya Kalan and

Dhoolkot

56 71 62 70 21 30 25 30

Hajiwas 38 61 51 61 17 27 22 27

Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis during May 2017

Table 3.12 continued……

Location SO2 (mg/m3) NOx(mg/m3)


Projet site 5.0 8.5 6.5 8.3 12.0 16.4 13.9 16.3

Dhoolkot 4.8 8.0 6.4 7.8 10.0 14.7 12.2 14.5


Pali, Rajasthan


Birantiya Khurd 4.3 7.8 5.9 7.7 10.4 14.6 12.5 14.5

Birantiya Kalan 4.1 7.4 5.8 7.3 10.5 15.5 13.0 15.3

Lakshmangarh 4.0 6.4 5.3 6.3 8.1 12.2 10.5 12.2

Road juction of Birantiya Kalan

and Purthigarh

4.7 9.0 7.3 8.9 9.0 12.4 11.0 12.4

Road juction of Birantiya Kalan

and Dhoolkot

4.5 8.4 6.5 8.3 8.2 13.5 10.8 13.3

Hajiwas 4.0 7.0 5.8 6.9 8.8 12.5 10.3 12.3



Location NH3 (mg/m3) CO(mg/m3)

8 hrs.


Projet site 9 15 12 15 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Dhoolkot 10 14 12 14 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Birantiya Khurd 8 13 11 13 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Birantiya Kalan 8 14 11 14 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Lakshmangarh 8 13 11 13 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Road junction of Birantiya Kalan

and Purthigarh

8 15 12 15 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1


and Dhoolkot

10 14 11 14 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

Hajiwas 7 12 10 12 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1




Pali, Rajasthan


Location VOC

(µg/m³)

HF

(µg/m³) HBr (µg/m³)

H2S

(ppb)

Project site <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 <1

Dhoolkot <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 <1

Birantiya Khurd <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 <1

Birantiya Kalan <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 <1

Lakshmangarh <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 <1


and Purthigarh

<0.01 <0.1 <0.1 <1


and Dhoolkot

<0.01 <0.1 <0.1 <1

Hajiwas <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 <1


3.6.2. Observations on Ambient Air Quality (May 2017):

Particulate Matter (PM10): The highest PM10 level were found at project site (85 µg/m3)

and lowest PM10 level at Hajiwas (38 µg/m3) while the 98%conc. of all location ranges

between 61-85 µg/m3. The PM10 level in all the monitoring locations is within permissible

limit i.e. NAAQMS level 100µg/m3

Particulate Matter (PM2.5): The highest PM2.5 level were found at project site(36 µg/m3)

and lowest PM2.5 level were observed at Hajiwas(17 µg/m3) while the 98%. of all location

ranges between 27-34 µg/m3. The PM2.5 level in all the monitoring locations is within

permissible limit i.e. NAAQMS level 60µg/m3

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2): The highest SO2 level were found at project site (8.5 µg/m3) and

lowest SO2 level were observed also at Hajiwas (4.0 µg/m3) while the 98%conc. of all

location ranges between 6.9-8.3µg/m3. The SO2 level in all the monitoring locations is

within permissible limit i.e. NAAQMS level 80µg/m3

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx): The highest NOx level were found at Project site (16.4 µg/m3)

and lowest NOx level were observed at HajiwasVillage (8.8 µg/m3) while the 98%conc. of

all location ranges between 12.3 to 16.3 µg/m3. The NOx level in all monitoring location

are under permissible limit i.e. NAAQMS level 80µg/m3

Other Parameters: NH3 were found in the rage of 7 to 15 µg/m3. The 8-hour

concentration of CO was found below 0.1mg/m3. VOC, H2S, HBr and HF were found

below detection limit.


Pali, Rajasthan


Overall the ambient air quality of the study area during post monsoon season (as

monitored by Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd.) and during May 2017 (as monitored by

EQMS) was found to be within the NAAQS.

3.7. Noise Environment

Noise after a certain level can have a very disturbing effect on the people and animals

exposed to it. Hence, it is important to assess the present noise quality of the area in

order to predict the potential impact of future noise levels due to the proposed project.

Ambient noise measurements were taken at 8 locations during Post monsoon season

2016 and repeated in May 2017. Noise monitoring locations are represented in Table

3.13. The Noise level recorded in study area during post monsoon season 2016 and May

2017 is represented in Table 3.14 &Table 3.15.

The monitored levels were compared against the The Noise Pollution (Regulation and

Control) Rules 2000, as amended through the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control)

Amendment Rules 2010 dated 11th January 2010. The project site falls in designated

industrial area and the noise levels at all the locations were found within the ambient

noise standards.

Table 3.13 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

S.N. Station Code Distance, Direction Coordinates

1

Project site

N1

-

N 26o

07'08.80" E

74o

05'33.9"

2 Dhulkot N2 2.1km,NE N 26o

08'05.5" E

74o

06'27.5"

3 Birantiya Khurd N3 5.0km,E N 26o

07'16.8" E

74o

08'40.3"

4 Birantiya Kalan N4 2.9km,SW N 26°6'31.15" E 74° 5'1.05"

5 Lakshmangarh N5 1.8 km,NW N 26o

07'59.6" E

74o

04'38.4"

6 Road junction ofBirantiya Kalan andPurthigarh

N6 3.2km,W N 26o

07'33.7" E

74o

03'26.7"

7 Road junction ofBirantiya Kalan andDhulkot

N7 0.16km,SW N 26o

07'02.3" E

74o

05'19.9"

8 Hajiwas N8 2.3 km,N N 26o

08'26.8" E

74o

05'40.3"

Table 3.14 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area (Post Monsoon Season)


Pali, Rajasthan


Location

Code

Location Name Present

Category

Day Time

Leq dB(A)

National

Standard

Day Time

Leq

dB(A)

Night

Time Leq

dB(A)

National

Standard

Night Time

Leq dB(A)

N-1 Project site Industrial 58.15 75.0 44.93 70.0

N-2 Dhoolkot Residential 52.34 55.0 48.89 45.0

N-3 Birantiya Khurd Residential 52.05 55.0 38.76 45.0

N-4 Birantiya Kalan Residential 51.98 55.0 39.15 45.0

N-5 Lakshmangarh Residential 54.23 55.0 38.26 45.0

N-6 Road junction of

Birantiya Kalan

and Purthigarh

Commercial

(Mixed Use)

50.98 65.0 39.49 55.0


Birantiya Kalan

and Dhoolkot

Commercial

(Mixed use)

62.80 65.0 51.50 55.0

N-8 Hajiwas Residential 54.30 55.0 40.0 45.10

Source: Analysis during study periodByWolkem)

Table 3.15 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area (May 2017)

Location

Code

Location Name Present

Category

Day

Time

Leq

dB(A)

National

Standard

Day Time

Leq dB(A)

Value

Night

Time Leq

dB(A)

National

Standard

Night Time

Leq dB(A)

N-1 Project site Industrial 61.3 75.0 48.3 70.0

N-2 Dhoolkot Residential 56.6 55.0 45.8 45.0

N-3 Birantiya Khurd Residential 52.4 55.0 42.4 45.0

N-4 Birantiya Kalan Residential 53.8 55.0 43.1 45.0

N-5 Lakshmangarh Residential 52.6 55.0 42.5 45.0


Pali, Rajasthan



Birantiya Kalan and

Purthigarh

Commercial

(Mixed

Use)

49.8 65.0 41.4 55.0


Birantiya Kalan and

Dhoolkot

Commercial

(Mixed use)

63.0 65.0 53.4 55.0

N-8 Hajiwas Residential 51.3 55.0 42.7 45.0

Source: Analysis during study period by EQMS

3.7.2. Observation on Ambient Noise Quality:

The ambient noise quality of the study area is within the prescribed National Ambient

Noise Quality Standards prescribed for industrial (Standards - 75 dBA during day time

and 70dBA during night time) residential area (Standards - 55 dBA during day time and

45 dBA during night time) and commercial area (Standards - 65 dBA during day time and

55 dBA during night time).

3.8. Water Quality

To assess the water quality of the study area the surface and Ground water sampling was

conducted during post monsoon season (Oct-Dec 2016) and revalidated during May

2017.

3.8.1. Ground Water Quality

Eight ground water samples and three surface water sample were collected from different

locations around the site during post monsoon season (Oct-Dec 2016) and revalidated

during May 2017. The water samples were examined for physico-chemical parameters

and bacteriological parameters. The samples were collected and analyzed as per the

procedures specified in Standard Methods. Samples for chemical analyses were collected

in polyethylene carboys. Samples for bacteriological analyses were collected in sterilized

bottles. Temperature, pH, conductivity and dissolved oxygen were measured at site itself.

Surface water sample were analyzed for various parameters and assessed using the

CPCB’s BDU Criteria.

The name of ground and surface water sampling locations is presented in Table 3.16and

Table 3.17 respectively. The analysis results of ground and surface water for Post -

Monsoon season 2016 is attached as Annexure X. The analysis results of groundwater

for May 2017 are presented in Table 3.18. The analysis results of surface water for May

2017 are presented in Table 3.19

Table 3.16 Ground Water Sampling Locations


Pali, Rajasthan


S.no. Station Source Distance, Direction Coordinates Sample

code

1. Near Project Site Hand Pump 0.4 km,E

N 26o07'02.3"

E 74o05'45.7"

GW1

2.

Dhulkot

Hand Pump 1.9 km,NE

N 26o08'03.6"

E 74o06'14.7"

GW2

3.

Birantiya Khurd

Hand Pump 3.9 km,E

N 26o07'11.4"

E 74o07'58.4"

GW3

4.

Biratiya Kalan

Open Well 0.6 km,SW

N 26o06'47.2"

E 74o05'16.2"

GW4

5.

Lakshmangarh

Well Water 1.7km,NW

N 26o07'54.5"

E 74o04'35.3"

GW5

6.

Road Junction Of

Kalan & Purthigarh

Hand Pump 3.3km,W

N 26o07'33.7"

E74o03'26.7"

GW6

7.

Road Junction of

Biratiya Kalan &

Dhulkot

Hand Pump 0.2 km,SW

N 26o07'02.3"

E74o05'19.9"

GW7

8.

Hajiwas

Open Well 3.0km,N

N 26o08'53.2"

E74o05'50.6"

GW8

Table 3.17 Surface Water Sampling Locations

S.no. Station Source Distance, direction Coordinates Sample

code

1 Hajiwas Sukari River

Up Stream

3.1 km,N N 26o08'53.6"

E 74o05'50.4"

SW1

2

Biratiyan

Kalan

Pond Water

Sample

0.8 km,S N 26o06'42.9"

E 74o05'16.1"

SW2


Pali, Rajasthan


3

Chattar

Sagar

Reservoir

6.6 km,W N 26o06'47.6"

E 74o01'24.3"

SW3



Table 3.18 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area (May-2017)

S.N. Parameters GW1

GW2

GW3

GW4

Method Desired Limit

/Permissible Limit

1 pH Value 8.27 7.98 8.18 7.38 APHA-4500 6.5-8.5/No relaxation

2 Temperature 0C 25.2 25.2 25.3 25.3 IS:3025:Part 9 --

3 Conductivity, mhos/cm 6736 1895 2258 1530 APHA-4500 --

4 Turbidity (NTU) <1 <1 <1 <1 APHA-2030B 1-5

5 Total Dissolved solids mg/l 4240 1188 1425 962 APHA-2540B 500/2000

6 Total Suspended solids mg/l <2 <2 <2 <2 APHA-2540D --

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/l

1568 384 410 298 APHA-2340C 200/600

8 Chloride as Cl mg/l 1406 272 478 244 APHA-4500B 250/1000

9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 568 430 412 348 IS:3025:Part -23 200/600

10 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 1398 196 118 142 APHA-4500E 200/400

11 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 37 23 25 19 APHA-4500 45/No relaxation

12 Fluoride as F mg/l 2.28 2.88 1.14 1.20 APHA-4500D 1/1.5

13 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.52 0.60 0.22 0.18 APHA-3111B 0.3/No relaxation



14 Zinc as Zn mg/l 2.53 1.85 0.94 0.72 APHA-3111B 5/15

15 Calcium as Ca mg/l 252 58.4 88.8 68 APHA-3500B 75/200

16 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 277.9 57..8 45.6 31.1 APHA-3500B 30/100

17 Sodium as Na mg/l 1276 397 554 265 APHA-3500 --

18 Potassium as K mg/l 98 12.8 25.8 15 APHA-3500 KB --

19 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.003/No relaxation

20 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.05/1.5

21 Nickel as Ni mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.02/No relaxation

22 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 APHA-3111B 0.01/No relaxation

23 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3112 0.001/0.001

24 Chromium (Total as Cr) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA-3111B 0.5/No relaxation

25 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 APHA-3114 0.01/0.05

26 Phenolic compound mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025:Part 43 0.001/0.002

27 Total coliform MPN/100ml Nil Nil Nil Nil APHA-9230B Nil

Source: Water Analysis during study period



Table 3.18 continued, .......Ground Water Quality in the Study Area (May-2017)

S.N. Parameters GW5

GW6

GW7

GW8

Method Desired Limit

/Permissible Limit

1 pH Value 7.48 7.68 8.10 8.22

APHA-4500 6.5-8.5/No relaxation

2 Temperature 0C 24.8 25.0 24.9 25.1

IS:3025:Part 9 --

3 Conductivity, mhos/cm 1498 6478 2596 3057

APHA-4500 --

4 Turbidity (NTU) <1 <1 <1 <1

APHA-2030B 1-5

5 Total Dissolved solids mg/l 890 4088 1632 1918

APHA-2540B 500/2000

6 Total Suspended solids mg/l <2 <2 <2 <2

APHA-2540D --


mg/l

286 422 448 262 APHA-2340C 200/600

8 Chloride as Cl mg/l 252 1290 512 488

APHA-4500B 250/1000

9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 336 1166 448 576

IS:3025:Part -23 200/600

10 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 130 195 152 194

APHA-4500E 200/400

11 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 18 32 30 69

APHA-4500 45/No relaxation

12 Fluoride as F mg/l 1.16 1.22 1.22 2.32

APHA-4500D 1/1.5

13 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.18 0.48 0.25 0.06

APHA-3111B 0.3/No relaxation

14 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.88 1.16 0.99 2.10

APHA-3111B 5/15

15 Calcium as Ca mg/l 64.8 37.6 82.4 60

APHA-3500B 75/200

16 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 30.1 79.7 58.8 27.2

APHA-3500B 30/100

17 Sodium as Na mg/l 258 1276 612 585

APHA-3500 --



18 Potassium as K mg/l 13 20 29 11.2

APHA-3500 KB --

19 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01


20 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

APHA-3111B 0.05/1.5

21 Nickel as Ni mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01


22 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.08 0.10 0.08 0.07


23 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

APHA-3112 0.001/0.001

24 Chromium (Total as Cr) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05


25 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025

APHA-3114 0.01/0.05

26 Phenolic compound mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025:Part 43 0.001/0.002

27 Total coliform MPN/100ml Nil Nil Nil Nil

APHA-9230B Nil

Source: Water Analysis during study period

Environmental Impact Assessment for Expansion of Existing pesticide plant for manufacturing of technical grade pesticides in village – Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur, Distt – Pali, Rajasthan


Observation on Ground Water Quality

The pH value of ground water is an important index of acidity or alkalinity. pH value of

the sample varies from 7.38 to 8.27 in all locations, which is well within the specified

standard of 6.5 to 8.5. In general, the pH of the ground water is slightly basic in nature.

Electric Conductivity levels vary from 1498 to 6736 µmho/cm. High Electric

Conductivity was found at two locations i.e. project site and Road Junction of Biratiya

Kalan & Purthigarh site.

Total dissolved solids ranges from 890 to 4240 mg/l. The TDS values were found

within permissible limit of Indian Standard IS: 10500-2012 at all locations except two

locations i.e. project site and Road Junction of Biratiya Kalan & Purthigarh site.

The hardness values in ground water of the study area ranges between 262 to 1568

mg/l. Hardness values is well within the permissible limit of Indian Standard IS: 10500-

2012 at all locations except two locations i.e. project site and Road Junction of

Biratiya Kalan & Purthigarh site

The chloride values in ground water of the study area ranges between 244 to 1406

mg/l. Chloride values is well within the permissible limit of Indian Standard IS: 10500-

2012 at all locations except two locations i.e. project site and Road Junction of

Biratiya Kalan & Purthigarh site

The fluoride content was found high at project site, Dhulkot and Hajiwas, which not

suitable for drinking purpose. In other locations Fluoride contents were found within the

range.

Nitrate value was exceeding the limit at Hijawas which is not suitable for agriculture

purpose.

No biological and metallic contamination has been found in any of the ground water

sample of the study area.

The analysis results of ground water samples of study area indicate that ground water of

Dulkot, Hajiwas is not suitable for drinking due to presence of high fluoride. Overall the

ground water of Hajiwas, Dhulkot, project site and Road Junction of Biratiya Kalan &

Purthigarh site is not meeting the permissible limit of Indian Standard IS: 10500-2012.

The ground water quality of other locations except Hajiwas, Dhulkot, project site and

Road Junction of Biratiya Kalan & Purthigarh site is meeting the permissible limit of Indian

Standard IS: 10500-2012.



Table 3.19 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area (May-2017)

S.N. Parameters SW1

SW2

SW3 Method

1 pH Value 8.10 8.26 8.32

APHA-4500

2 Temperature 0C 25.0 25.2 25.5

Part 9

3 Conductivity, mhos/cm 257

386 868 APHA-4500

4 Turbidity (NTU) <5 <5 <5

APHA-2030B

5 Total Dissolved solids

mg/l

158 238 552 APHA-2540B

6 Total Suspended solids

mg/l

4 7 6 APHA-2540D


mg/l

104 152 280 APHA-2340C

8 Chloride as Cl mg/l 19 30 82

APHA-4500B

9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 86 128 310

Part -23

10 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 8.2 12.0 18 APHA-4500E

11 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.28

0.32 0.46 APHA-4500D

12 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.22

0.26 0.38 APHA-3111B

13 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.09

0.12 0.22 APHA-3111B

14 Calcium as Ca mg/l 37.6

54.4 74 APHA-3500B

15 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 2.4

3.9 23 APHA-3500B

16 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

17 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

18 Nickel as Ni mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

19 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B



20 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3112

21 Chromium (Total as Cr)

mg/l

<0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA-3111B

22 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 APHA-3114

23 Oil & Grease mg/l Nil Nil Nil Part -39

24 Chemical Oxygen

Demand as COD mg/l

10 20 14 Part -58

25 Bio- Chemical Oxygen

Demand as BOD (for 3

Days 27 ˚C) mg/l

2.8 6 3.4 Part -44

26 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.8 4.8 5.8 APHA

27 Total coliform MPN/100ml 2600 5280 1850 APHA-9230B

Observation on Surface water Quality

The Sukri river and Chatar Sagar pond water quality is meeting the Best Designated Use

– ‘C’ Criteria of CPCB (i.e Drinking water source after conventional treatment and

disinfection). No metallic contamination was found in the river water. Bacterial and

metallic contamination was observed in the Biratiyan Kalan pond water quality. The water

quality of Pond was found to meet the Best Designated Use – ‘D’ Criteria of CPCB (i.e fit

for fish propagation).

3.9. Soil Quality

Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth's crust that serves as a natural medium for

the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to

and influenced by genetic and environmental factors. Soils serve as a reservoir of

nutrients for plants and crops and also provide mechanical anchorage and favorable tilts.

Soil is our most important natural resource and a natural resource is anything that comes

from the earth and is used by us. We depend on the soil for food, clothing, shelter,

minerals, clay & water. Soil is the seat of many macro and micro flora like algae, fungi,

earthworms, bacteria etc. These are very beneficial in promoting soil reactions and

decomposing the organic matter by which essential nutrients for plants are liberated. Most

of the soils are made-up of two main parts:

Tiny bits of mineral particles which come from larger rocks, and humus, which is

dark brown in colour and consists of decaying remains of plants and animals.



Soil also contains water, air and living organisms, such as fungi, bacteria,

earthworms, roundworms, insects, etc. Actually, more living organisms live in the

soil than above it.

For general characterization of soil a few random samples from the study area to the

depth of about 15-cm may sufficient. Deeper soil samples may be needed only for the

study of soil Profile.

3.9.1. General Characteristics of the Soil in the District2

The Pali soils occur on nearly level to gently sloping plain at an elevation of 200 to 250m

above mean sea level under semi-arid to arid sub-tropical climate conditions. The soils

have developed on unconsolidated weathered granite and rhyolite material, and are well

drained with moderately permeable conditions. The runoff loss is estimated at 15 to 20 %

of total rainfall. Brown to dark brown loamy, moderate fine to medium granular structure;

slightly hard, friable, slightly sticky and plastic; and moderately alkaline nature of soil is

commonly found in the study area as well as in the district.

Soil map of Rajasthan (Pali) district is shown as Figure 3.13.

2(Source-http://library.wur.nl/isric/fulltext/isricu_i11161_001.pdf)



Figure 3.13 : Soil Map of Rajasthan (Pali) District

3.9.2. Methodology

The soil samples were collected from Eight (08) selected locations during post monsoon

season (Oct-Dec 2016) and revalidated in May 2017. The samples collected from all the

locations were homogeneous representative of each location. At random five sub-

locations were identified at each location and soil samples were collected from 5 to15-cm

below the surface. It was uniformly mixed before homogenizing the soil samples. The

samples about 500-gms were packed in polythene bags labeled in the field with location &

number and sent to the laboratory for the analysis of physicochemical parameters. Soil

sampling locations were selected based on the local geological formation and the

agricultural practices. Soil sampling locations with their distance & directions with respect

to the proposed expansion project site are presented in Table: 3.20& shown in Figure:

3.4.

Table 3.20 Soil Sampling Locations

Pali



Location

Code

Sampling Locations Coordinates Location

Remark

S-1 Project Site 260 07' 08.8" N, 0740 05' 33.9" E Commercial

/ Industrial

S-2 Dhulkot 260 08' 03.5" N, 0740 06' 14.7" E Agricultural

S-3 Birantiya Khurd 260 07' 16.80" N, 0740 08' 11.2" E Agricultural

S-4 Birantiya Kalan 260 06' 50.8" N, 0740 05'16.0" E Agricultural

S-5 Lakshmangarh 260 07' 54.1" N, 0740 04' 35.3" E Agricultural

S-6 Road Junction of Birantiya


260 07' 33.7" N, 0740 03' 26.7" E

Agricultural

S-7 Road Junction of Birantiya

Kalan and Dhulkot

26007' 05.20" N, 0740 05' 28.0" E

Agricultural

S-8 Hajiwas 260 08' 30.8" N, 0740 05' 34.4" E Agricultural

3.9.3. Analysis of Soil Samples

The soil samples were examined for various physicochemical parameters, to determine

the existing soil characteristics of the study area. Soil samples were collected from the

vicinity of proposed project site during post Monsoon season (Oct-Dec 2016) and

repeated in May 2017. Physicochemical characteristics of soil for post monsoon season

and May 2017 are presented in Table 3.21& Table 3.22.

Table 3.21 Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil Oct-Dec 2016)

S. No.

Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 pH - 8.62 8.26 8.06 8.01 7.65 7.96 8.02 8.22

2 Electrical Conductivity

274 186.9 1184 380.6 202.5 207.5 321.3 110.6

3 Moisture % 10.96 22.61 6.17 8.84 2.2 7.49 9.56 7.76

4 Calcium Carbonate % 0.8 1.2 2.8 5.6 6.4 2.8 5.2 2

5 Sp. Gravity gm/cc 2.382 3.552 2.395 2.447 2.435 2.453 2.342 2.478

6 B.D. Taped gm/cc 0.948 1.216 0.981 0.797 1.308 1.414 1.378 1.099

7 Chlorides as Cl % 0.0071 0.0062 0.0052 0.0075 0.0082 0.0079 0.0081 0.0078



8 Porosity % 60.2 52.35 59.03 67.42 46.28 42.35 41.16 55.64

9 Organic Carbon % 0.516 0.672 0.536 0.551 0.521 0.604 0.611 0.703

10 Organic Matter % 0.889 1.158 0.924 0.950 0.898 1.041 1.053 1.211

11 Available Nutrients

i) Nitrogen as "N" kg/ha 260 260 240 220 290 178 172 340

ii) Phosphorous as "P" kg/ha 72 38 31 42 42 35 33 45

iii) Potassium as "K" kg/ha 212 220 180 186 178 226 230 192

12 Copper as 'Cu' % 0.0048 0.0044 0.004 0.0043 0.0041 0.0041 0.044 0.0037

13 Iron As 'Fe' % 1.835 13 1.735 1.52 1.84 1.87 1.43 1.656

14 Sodium as 'Na' % 0.0376 0.038 0.025 0.0269 0.0334 0.0335 0.0291 0.0274

15 Zinc as Zn % 0.0089 0.0062 0.0087 0.0069 0.0054 0.0069 0.0092 0.0096

16 Cadmium as Cd % 0.0037 0.0033 0.0039 0.004 0.0037 0.0038 0.0035 0.004

17 Boron as B % 0.0033 0.0042 0.0027 0.0031 0.0028 0.0026 0.0028 0.0029

18 Water Holding Capacity

% 35.12 28.12 17.83 32.76 22.01 25.73 19.40 31.50

19 Particle Size Distribution

i) Sand % 66.1 66.65 66.83 66.44 66.63 66.86 65.78 65.91

ii) Silt % 14.6 13.9 13.72 14.35 13.9 14.07 14.8 14.87

iii) Clay % 19.3 19.45 20.75 20.21 19.47 19.07 19.42 20.22

3.9.4. Observation on Soil Quality (Post Monsoon season 2016)

Physical Parameters

The important physical characteristics of soil are bulk density, moisture content, water

holding capacity and texture. A brief summary of physical characteristics is given below:

Moisture Content: Moisture content of soil samples along with project site is ranged

between 2.2 to 22.61%.

Water Holding Capacity (WHC): Water holding capacity (WHC) of soil samples are

ranged between 17.83 to 35.12%.

Bulk Density: Bulk Density of soil is found to be in the range between 0.797 to 1.414

gm/cc.

Chemical Parameters

A brief summary of chemical characteristics is given below:

pH: pH is determined by taking 1:2.5 ratio of soil and distilled water. pH of soil in the

area is found to be in the range between 7.65 – 8.62. The soil of this area is moderately

alkaline nature.



CalciumCarbonate:Carbonate Calcium is a highly essential nutrient to plants and

affects the activities of certain enzymes. The calcium carbonate contents as CaCO3 in

the collected soil samples found in the range between 0.8 to 6.4%.

AvailablePhosphorous: Available phosphorous as P of collected soil samples along

the proposed project ranges from 31 to 72-kg/ha and Available Phosphorus are present

in medium range.

TotalOrganicCarbon:Total organic carbon content in soil samples along the proposed

project is found from 0.516 to 0.703% in the range which is very less for plant growth.

Potassium:Potassium content as K in soil samples along the proposed is found in the

range of 178 to 230-kg/ha.

Kjeldahl Nitrogen: Kjeldahl nitrogen content in soil samples along the proposed is

found in the range between 172 to 340-kg/ha. Available Nitrogen in these soil samples is

found satisfactory. Porosity in these soil samples vary from 41.16 to 67.42% which is

average to plant growth.



Table 3.22 Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil (May 2017)

S.

No.

Parameters Unit S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8

Physical Characteristics

1. Color - Yellowish

Brown

Yellowish

Brown

Yellowish

Brown

Yellowish

Brown

Yellowish

Brown

Yellowish

Brown

Yellowish

Brown

Yellowish

Brown

2. Textural Class USDA

System

Sandy Clay

Loam

Sandy

Clay

Loam

Sandy Clay

Loam

Sandy Clay

Loam

Sandy Clay

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy Clay

Loam

Sandy

Loam

3. Particle Size Distribution

i) Sand (0.02 to 0.20-mm)

% 62 64 58 56 54 57 58 55

ii) Silt (0.002 to 0.02-mm)

% 20 21 22 21 20 19 16 18

iii) Clay (< 0.002-mm) % 18 15 20 23 26 24 26 27

4. Porosity % 45.7 48.7 47.6 46.4 45.3 44.1 46.8 47.2

5. Bulk Density gm/cc 1.44 1.36 1.39 1.42 1.45 1.48 1.41 1.40

6. WHC % 28.8 28.5 29.4 30.8 29.2 29.6 28.7 29.1

7. Permeability cm/hr 0.91 1.33 0.73 0.53 0.40 0.48 0.38 0.36

Chemical Characteristics

8. pH 20% Slurry 7.58 7.86 7.46 8.15 7.66 7.74 7.52 7.86

9. Conductivity µmhos/cm 156.2 166.4 145.6 157.5 162.6 174.5 156.8 175.2

10. Cation Exchange

Capacity

Meq/100-

gm

18.8 19.5 17.6 15.8 17.5 19.2 17.8 18.5

11. Organic Matter % 0.78 0.66 0.62 0.71 0.74 0.85 0.78 0.83

12. Organic Carbon % 0.45 0.38 0.36 0.41 0.43 0.49 0.45 0.48

13. Zinc as Zn mg/kg 0.52 0.38 0.44 0.56 0.48 0.55 0.47 0.51

14. Iron as Fe mg/kg 2.26 2.58 3.12 3.25 2.88 3.95 2.78 3.45

15. Copper as Cu mg/kg 0.85 0.75 0.62 0.58 0.65 0.54 0.46 0.62

16. Manganese as Mn mg/kg 3.48 2.88 3.36 3.55 2.95 3.68 2.84 3.44

17. Chloride as Cl mg/kg 425.5 396.8 468.2 458.8 345.6 415.9 346.5 410.8

18. Carbonate mg/kg <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01



19. Bi-Carbonate mg/kg 226.5 306.8 350.2 255.6 238.7 288.5 244.5 274.5

20. Available Nutrients

i) Nitrogen as N kg/ha 265.8 275.6 256.5 268.2 275.4 272.5 268.5 262.8

ii) Phosphorus as P kg/ha 18.6 21.8 18.4 16.8 20.7 18.2 18.5 19.4

iii) Potassium as K kg/ha 156.4 145.9 153.6 147.2 139.2 145.5 138.5 141.7

Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis during study period by Laboratory



3.9.5. Observation on Soil Quality (May 2017)

Physical property

Yellowish Brown colour soils are observed in the study area. Texturally the soils of study

area are observed as Sandy Clay Loam and Sandy Loam Soils. The bulk density of the

soils was found in the range of 1.36 to 1.48-gm/cm3. Water Holding Capacity of study

area soils was observed as 28.5 to 30.8%.

Chemical Properties

Soil Reaction Classes and Critical Limits for Macro & Micro Nutrients in Soil: According to

According to Soil Survey Manual (IARI, 1970), the soils are grouped under different soil

reaction classes viz; extremely acidic (pH<4.5), very strongly acidic (pH 4.5-5.0 ), strongly

acidic (pH 5.1-5.5), moderately acidic (pH 5.6-6.0), slightly acidic (pH 6.1-6.5), neutral (pH

6.6-7.3), slightly alkaline (pH 7.4-7.8), moderately alkaline (pH 7.9-8.4), strongly alkaline

(pH 8.5-9.0).The soils are rated as low (below 0.50 %), medium (0.50-0.75 %) and high

(above 0.75 %) in case of organic carbon, low (<280-kg/ha), medium (280 to 560-kg/ha)

and high (>560-kg/ha) in case of available Nitrogen, low (<10-kg/ha), medium (10 to 25-

kg/ha) and high (>25-kg/ha) for available Phosphorus, low (<108-kg/ha), medium (108 to

280-kg/ha) and high (>280-kg/ha) for available Potassium and low (<10-mg/kg), medium

(10-20-mg/kg) and high (>20-mg/kg) for available Sulphur (Singh et. al. 2004, Mehta et.

al.1988). Critical limits of Fe, Mn, Zn, Cu and B, which separate deficient from non-

deficient soils followed in India are, 4.5, 2.0, 0.5, 0.2 & 0.5-mg/kg respectively. (Follet &

Lindsay-1970 and Berger & Truog-1940)

The soil pH ranges from 7.46 to 8.15, thereby indicating the soils are slightly alkaline to

moderately alkaline. The organic carbon content of soil varied from 0.36 to 0.49% (0.62 to

0.85% as organic matter), thereby implying that soils are low in organic carbon contents.

Available nitrogen content in the surface soils ranges between 256.5 & 275.6-kg/ha

thereby indicates that soils are low in available nitrogen content. Available phosphorus

content ranged between 18.2 & 21.8-kg/ha thereby indicating that soils are having

medium in available phosphorus. Available potassium content in these soils ranges

between 139.2 & 156.4-kg/ha thereby is indicating that the soils are with medium levels of

available potassium content. Thus, the soil of the study area is moderate fertile.

The available manganese content in surface soils were recorded as 2.88 to 3.68-mg/kg,

as the critical limit of available manganese is <2.0-mg/kg. The available zinc in surface

soils of the study area ranges from 0.38 to 0.56-mg/kg. As per the critical limit of available

zinc is <0.5-mg/kg, Soil conditions more often associated with Zinc deficiency in the study

area soil.

3.9.6. Cropping Pattern

The western part of Rajasthan is having less productivity but Pali district enjoys

comparatively more favorable condition for agricultural activities than other districts of

western Rajasthan. Pali District Sojat and Raipur tehsil is famous for Mahandi crop and it

crop depends on rain only. The main crops of the district are Kharif and Rabi. Kharif crops



are primarily supported by rainy water whereas Rabi crops are irrigated by other water

resources. The Kharif crops are shown prior to monsoon in the month of June-July

whereas Rabi crops are shown in the month of October-November and harvested in

February-March. The main crops of Kharif are – Jowar, Bajra, Maize, Chillies, Groundnut,

Til and Cotton. The main crops of Rabi are wheat, Barley, Grams, Rai and Mustard.

Cropping Pattern of Pali District for Kharif and Rabi season is presented in Table

3.23&3.24.

Table 3.23 Area under Major Field Crops3&Horticulture, 2010-11

Major Cultivated Field Crops

Area, ha

Kharif Rabi Summer Total

Irrigated Rain fed Total Irrigated Rain fed

Total

Pearl Millet 13295 93131 106426 - - - - 106426

Cluster bean 5290 10190 15480 - - - - 15480

Moth bean 220 6700 6920 - - - - 6920

Green gram 1600 10300 11900 - - - - 11900

Sorghum 2000 4515 6515 - - - - 6515

Sesame 150 8900 9050 - - - - 9050

Cowpea 120 7200 7320 - - - - 7320

Groundnut 50 250 300 - - - - 300

Castor 1200 920 2120 - - - - 2120

Cotton 1395 1015 2410 - - - - 2410

Mustard - - - - 275 9450 - 9450

Wheat - - - - 120 11092 - 11092

Cumin - - - - 90 7390 - 7390

Barley - - - - 1500 10000 - 10000

Gram - - - - 1710 7805 - 7805

Taramira - - - - 1276 1871 - 1871

Fenu greek (Methi)

- - - - 150 3350 - 3350

Fennel - - - - 350 2070 - 2070

Total Irrigated Rain fed

Ber 1500 - -

3(Source-http://www.nicra-icar.in/nicrarevised/images/statewiseplans/Rajastan%20(Pdf)/MPUA&T,%20Udaipur/RAJ31-

Pali-28.08.12.pdf)

http://www.nicra-icar.in/nicrarevised/images/statewiseplans/Rajastan%20(Pdf)/MPUA&T,%20Udaipur/RAJ31-Pali-28.08.12.pdf

http://www.nicra-icar.in/nicrarevised/images/statewiseplans/Rajastan%20(Pdf)/MPUA&T,%20Udaipur/RAJ31-Pali-28.08.12.pdf



Aonla 910 250 660

Lemon 1610 476 1134

Guava 767 50 717

Lisoda 1200 200 1000

Pomegranate 75 10 65

Papaya 720 200 520

Horticultural Crops


Chillies 4200 3200 1000

Onion 911 700 211

Carrot 920 620 300

Tomato 1176 1000 176

Brinjal 1309 875 434

Cole crops 1678 1276 402

Melon-Musk 1302 120 1182

Medicinal and Aromatic


Isabgol 421 421 0

Sua 221 95 126

Plantation Crops


Mahandi (Henna)

4000 - 4000

Fodder Crops Total Irrigated Rain fed

Sorghum 1621 200 1421

Pearl Millet

(Fodder)

920 200 720

Cluster bean (Fodder)

1720 406 1314

Lucern Fodder 2295 1195 1100

Table 3.24 Production and Productivity of Major Crops, 2010-11

S. No.

Major Cultivated

Crops

Kharif Rabi

Summer

Total

Prodn. (,000-t)

Prodty. ( Kg/ha)

Prodn. (,000-t)

Prodty. ( Kg/ha)

Prodn. (,000-t)

Prodty. ( Kg/ha)

Major Field Crops (Crops to be identified based on total acreage)

1 Pearl Millet 467610 540 - - - 467610 540

2 Green gram 303530 310 - - - 303530 310

3 Moth Bean 14170 201 - - - 14170 201



4 Cluster Bean 358740 166 - - - 358740 166

5 Groundnut 252021 1740 - - - 252021 1740

6 Castor 30312 635 - - - 30312 635

7 Sesame 458820 280 - - - 458820 280

8 Cotton 26410 2100 - - - 26410 2100

9 Sorghum 546660 510 - - - 546660 510

10 Chilies 271115 620 - - - 271115 620

11 Cow pea 282110 199 - - - 282110 199

12 Mustard - - 915990 1390 - 915990 1390

13 Wheat - - 1382710

1789 - 1382710

1789

14 Isabgol - - 2011 421 - 2011 421

15 Cumin - - 25630 642 - 25630 642

16 Taramira - - 275920 1120 - 275920 1120

17 Gram - - 293690 862 - 293690 862

18 Barley - - 73110 1799 - 73110 1799

19 Onion - - 104520 1520 - 104520 1520

20 Garlic - - 92150 1621 - 92150 1621

21 Funnel - - 17900 1820 - 17900 1820

22 Fenugreek - - 16110 1615 - 16110 1615

3.10. Traffic Study

The proposed plant is located about 1.16 km away from the National Highway NH-112.

The plant site is well connected through a major district road to NH-112. All inward and

outgoing materials movement from the plant shall be donethrough this road. To access

the traffic volume on NH 112 near plant site a traffic study was conducted by Enkay enviro

services during post monsoon season. Outcome of the study is depicted in Table 3.25.

The PCU factor applied for the calculation is provided in Table 3.26. Total PCU calculated

is shown in Table 3.27.

Table 3.25 Traffic survey near the plant site

S.N. Time Vehicle movement Total

No of Two wheeler

No of Four wheeler

No of Heavy vehicles

1. 07.00 AM - 08.00 AM 16 8 16 40

2. 08.00 AM - 09.00 AM 39 19 18 76

3. 09.00 AM - 10.00 AM 25 33 12 70

4. 10.00 AM - 11.00 AM 23 15 21 59

5. 11.00 AM - 12.00 PM 22 28 16 66

6. 12.00 PM - 13.00 PM 20 29 19 68

7. 13.00 PM - 14.00 PM 15 12 34 61

8. 14.00 PM - 15.00 PM 15 8 22 45



9. 15.00 PM - 16.00 PM 21 13 31 65

10. 16.00 PM - 17.00 PM 34 18 36 88

11. 17.00 PM - 18.00 PM 28 24 28 80

12. 18.00 PM - 19.00 PM 22 31 33 86

13. 19.00 PM - 20.00 PM 36 24 16 76

14. 20.00 PM - 21.00 PM 28 18 12 58

15. 21.00 PM - 22.00 PM 18 28 8 54

16. 22.00 PM - 23.00 PM 9 18 11 38

17. 23.00 PM - 24.00 AM 2 6 21 29

18. 24.00 AM - 01.00 AM 1 10 9 20

19. 01.00 AM - 02.00 AM 2 8 12 22

20. 02.00 AM - 03.00 AM 1 2 6 9

21. 03.00 AM - 04.00 AM 3 2 28 33

22. 04.00 AM - 05.00 AM 7 12 16 35

23. 05.00 AM - 06.00 AM 15 18 11 44

24. 06.00 AM - 07.00 AM 21 21 24 66

Table 3.26 : PCU Factors Applied for Different Class of Vehicles

Type of Vehicles PCU Factors

1 Two-wheelers 0.5

2 Car, Jeep, Taxi, Utility Vehicles, Auto-Rickshaw (3-wheelers), Tempo, etc 1.0

3 Bus, Truck, etc 3.0

4 Tractors 4.5

5 Multi-axle truck, dumpers, etc 4.5

Table 3.27 Total PCU on single Lane Road near Plant Site



Type of Vehicles No of Vehicles Total PCU

1 Two-wheelers 423 211

2 Car, Jeep, Taxi, Utility Vehicles, Auto-

Rickshaw (3-wheelers), Tempo

405 405

3 Bus, Truck, etc 460 1380

4 Tractors - -

5 Multi-axle truck, dumpers, etc - -

Total PCU 1288 1996

At present the Total PCU load on the existing road is 1996 PCU. As per the Indian Road

Congress (IRC: 64 – Guidelines for Capacity of Roads in Rural Area – Code of Practice,

1990) indicates the design service value of 15000 PCU/day for a 2-lane road (7.5 m

width) and 2000 PCU/day for a single-lane road (3.5 m width) on plain rural terrain.

Existing capacity of the double lane (NH 112) road under mixed traffic conditions were

studied and the PCU estimated as per guidelines of IRC is 1996. Based on above

guidelines and code of practice it has been ascertained that the NH 112 is well within the

design service value of 15000 PCU/day, as prescribed by the Indian Road Congress.

3.11. Ecological Environment

The Botanical and wildlife species in an area depend on the availability of suitable habitat

for survival. Habitat loss and increasing habitat fragmentation are the primary causes of

species decline in these environments. This section provides an overview of flora and

fauna observed in study area during site visit.

3.11.1. Flora

There is no tree cutting is required on identified land. No major vegetation is present

within the core zone hence no wildlife exists within the core zone. At present only shrub

species like Calotropis procera, Argemone maxicana acacia species and Prosopis

juliflora.



Site Photograph Site Photographs

Flora in Core Zone

Most of the vegetation within the core zone is in the form of plantation done by INTECH

Pharma under the green belt plantation. The common trees observed within the core zone

are Neem (Azadirachta indica), Siris (Albizia lebbeck), Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo) Ashok

(Polyalthia longifolia), Gulmohar (Delonix regia) and Kachnar (Bauhinia variegata). The

list of the flora observed within the core zone is presented in Table 3.28.

Table 3.28 List of Flora within Core zone

Trees

S. No. Common Name Species Name Family

1 Neem Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

2 Gulmohar Delonix regia Caesalpiniaceae

3 Siris Albizia lebbeck Fabaceae

4 Pipal Ficus religiosa Moraceae

5 Khejari Prosopis cineraria Fabaceae

6 Amaltash Cassia fistula Fabaceae

7 Karanj Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae

8 Ficus Ficus benjamina Moraceae

9 Desi Babool Acacia nilotica Fabaceae/Mimosoideae

Shrubs

1 Kaner Nerium oleander Apocynaceae

2 Peeli Kaner Thevetia peruviana Apocynaceae

3 Aak Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae



4 Khimp Leptadenia pyrotechnica Asclepiadaceae

5 Ker Capparis deicuda Capparidaceae

6 Kikar Acacia jacquemontii Fabaceae

7 Phog Calligonum polygonoides Polygonaceae

8 Senna Senna auriculata Fabaceae

9 Raimuniya Lantana camara Verbenaceae

Herbs & Grass

1 Satyanashi Argemone maxicana Papavaraceae

2 Bui Aerva tomentosa Amaranthaceae

3 Senia Crotalaria burhia Fabaceae

4 Unth kantalo Echinops echinatus Asteraceae

5 Bhurat Cenchrus biflorus Poaceae

6 Sharpunkha Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae

7 Doob ghas Cynodon dactylon Poaceae

8 Daabh Desmostachya bipinnata Poaceae

Flora in Buffer Zone

Most of the land around thestudy area (10 km radius around the project site) is under

agriculture and residential uses. No national parks, wild life sanctuary, biosphere reserve

is present within 10 km area of the project site. However, few patches of Reserve Forest

are present within the study area in east and south east direction. The forest patched are

located more than 5 km away from the project site. As per the land use classification

about 7 % of the land in study area is under dense forests and about 33% of the land is

under open forest. The forest in the study area are scattered and mostly in hills and

ridges. In general, the vegetation is dry deciduous type. The structure and composition of

vegetation was studied by observing each and every individual plant species growing in a

habitat.

The vegetation in the study area is open mixed type and mostly restricted in areas like

river banks, gullies and hills and ridges. The vegetation in study area is dominated by

Acacia species and Prosopis cineraria. The most characteristic tree in the study area

areAzadirachta indica), Siris (Albizia lebbeck), Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo) Ashok

(Polyalthia longifolia), Gulmohar (Delonix regia), Kachnar (Bauhinia variegata), Ficus

benghalensis, Ficus religiosa,Acacia nilotica and Prosopis cineraria.



The Ground vegetation dominated by the herbs and shrub species like Zyziphus

mauritiana, Calotropis procera, Ipomoea carnea,Ricinus communis, Argemone mexicana,

Solanum surattense, Xanthium strumarium, Dhatura metal, Sida cordifolia, Polygonum

glabrum, Cassia tora, Canabis sativa, Chenopodium album, Cyanodon dactylon,

Parthenium hysterophorus and Achyranthus aspera. The list of the plant species

observed in the study area is given Table 3.29.

Table 3.29 List of Common Plant Species Present in Study Area

S.

No.

Vernacular Name Scientific Name Family

Trees

1. Ronjh Acacia leucopholea Fabaceae (Mimosoideae)

2. Babool Acacia nilotica Fabaceae (Mimosoideae)

3. Ardu Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae

4. Siris Albizia lebbeck Mimosaceae

5. Neem Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

6. Dhak Butea monosperma Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

7. Amaltash Cassia siamea Caesalpiniaceae

8. Shesham Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

9. Lasoda Cordia dichotoma Boraginaceae

10. Gulmohar Delonix regia Caesalpiniaceae

11. Bargad Ficus benghalensis Moraceae

12. Pipal Ficus religiosa Moraceae

13. Kankera Maytenus emarginata Celastraceae

14. Ashok Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae

15. Karanj Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

16. Khejari Prosopis cineraria Mimosaceae

17. Imli Tamarindus indica Fabaceae (Leguminosae)

18. Rohida Tecomella undulata Bignoniaceae

19. Ber Ziziphus mauritiana Rhamnaceae

20. Aamla Phyllanthus emblica Euphorbiaceae

21. Safeda Eucalyptus globolus Myrtaceae



22. Vilayati Babool Prosopis juliflora Fabaceae

23. Kikar Acacia jacquemontii Fabaceae

Shrubs

1 Aakra Calotropis gigantean Asclepiadaceae

2 Aak Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae

3 Kair Capparis decidua Capparidaceae

4 Behaya Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae

5 Kaner Nerium oleander Apocynaceae

6 Nag phani Opuntia elatior Cactaceae

7 Vilayati babool Prosopis juliflora Mimosaceae

8 Arandi Ricinus communis Euphorbiaceae

9 Kans Saccharum spontaneum Poaceae (Gramineae)

10 Jharberi Ziziphus nummularia Rhamnaceae

11 Champa Plumeria alba Apocynaceae

12 Dandathor Euphorbia caducifolia Euphorbiaceae

Herbs

1 Bui Aerva tomentosa Amaranthaceae

2 Pili Kantili Argemone Mexicana Papaveraceae

3 Kala bhangra Anisomeles indica Lamiaceae

4 Jangli chaulai Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae

5 Latjira Achyranthes aspera subsp. argentea Amaranthaceae

7 Muktajhuri Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae

8 Punarnava Boerhavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae

9 Survali Celosia argentea Amaranthaceae

10 Chitraa Citrullus colocynthis Cucurbitaceae

11 Ban Tulsi Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae

12 Kachari Cucumis melo ssp. Agrestis Cucurbitaceae

13 Dhatura Datura metel Solanaceae

14 Latmahuria Digera muricata Amaranthaceae

15 Motha Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae



16 Unthkanta Echinops echinatus Asteraceae

17 Oldman'S Cap Polycarpaea corymbosa Caryophyllaceae

18 Gulpankhi Polygala erioptera Polygalaceae

19 Laptuna Setaria verticillata Poaceae (Gramineae)

20 Baraira (bala) Sida acuta Malvaceae

21 Khareti Sida rhombifolia Malvaceae

22 Asiatic witchweed Striga asiatica Scrophulariaceae

23 Marigold Tagetes minuta Asteraceae

24 Yellow Bell Tecoma gaudichaudi Bignoniaceae

25 Sarphonk Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

26 Sharpunkha Tephrosia villosa Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

27 Peeli Kaner Thevetia peruviana Apocynaceae

28 Badi Dudhi Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae

29 Gokhru Indigofera cordifolia Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

30 Nili Indigofera linnaei Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

31 Raimuniya Lantana camera Verbenaceae

32 Tikiokra Melochia corchorifolia Sterculiaceae

33 Jharasi Mollugo pentaphylla Molluginaceae

34 Dudhi Sonchus oleraceus Asteraceae

35 Damanpaper Oldenlandia corymbosa Rubiaceae

36 Bada Gokhru Pedalium murex Pedaliacae

Grass

1 Jhuhi ghas Alysicarpus monilifer Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

2 Bristle grass Aristida adscensionis Poaceae (Gramineae)

3 Doob ghas Cynodon dactylon Poaceae (Gramineae)

4 Sheda Grass Dichanthium annulatum Poaceae (Gramineae)

5 Makra Dactyloctenium aegyptium Poaceae (Gramineae)

6 Panghas Eragrostis japonica Poaceae (Gramineae)

7 Chinese Love Grass Eragrostis unioloides Poaceae (Gramineae)

9 Asian crab grass Digitaria bicornis Poaceae (Gramineae)



10 jangli-jowar Sorghum halepense Poaceae (Gramineae)

12 Okrich (Mauritania). Sporobolus helvolus Poaceae (Gramineae)

13 Thread Sprangletop Leptochloa panicea Poaceae (Gramineae)

Medicinal Plants:The study area shows many medicinal plants. Many medicinal plants

are also observed in which Azadirachta indica; Aegle marmelos, Emblica officinalis,

Ocimumsanctum are the important one. List of medicinally important trees, shrubs and

herbs and their uses with their natural orders are presented in Table 3.30.

Table 3.30 List of Medicinal Plants and their Medicinal Value

Sr.

No. Name of Species Family Medicinal Use

Trees

1. Aegle marmelos Rutaceae

Antidiuratic, antithetmintic, antipyretic, carminative tonic

Furit used in chronic diarrhoea & dysentery

2. Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

Oil extracted from seed as local stimulant, insecticide and antiseptic

3. Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae

Control fever and gas trouble

Laxative

4. Emblica offcinalis Euphorbiaceae

Fruit powder coolent and laxative

Rich source of vitamin C

5. Ficus religiosa Moraceae

Quenches thirst

6. Syzygium cumini Mystaceae

Stem bark is used to treat sore throat, bronchitis, ulcer, dysentery

Seed powder for diabetes

7. Acacia nilotica Mimosaceae

In pharmacy, used in preparing emulsions, tablets, pills etc.

8. Calatropis procera Asclepiadaceae

Root bark used for leprosy

9. Argemone

Mexicana

Papaveraceae Latex is laxative and used in cataract

Seed oil used in asthma

Rare and Endangered Plant Species in the Study Area: In the study area, no rare and

endangered plant species was observed (Source: Red Data Book of Indian Plants, N.P

Nayar and A. P. K. Sastry, B.S.I. 1988).

3.11.2. Fauna

No national parks, wild life sanctuary, biosphere reserve is present within 10 km area of

the project site. However, few patches of Reserve Forest are present within the study



area in east and south east direction. The forest patched are located more than 5 km

away from the project site. As per the land use classification about 7 % of the land in

study area is under dense forests and about 33% of the land is under open forest. The

forest in the study area are scattered and mostly in hills and ridges. The wild fauna is

restricted only to the forest areas.

The information on fauna was collected by visual observations, random survey at different

locations and discussion with the local people. The secondary data from different Govt.

Sources and available literature was also referred in this study. The fauna study is carried

for corezone as well as for buffer zone i.e. 10 km area around the project site, which is

describes in following sections.

A. Fauna in Core zone: The land identified for the proposed expansion is under process

of possision in possession of the INTECH No tree cutting is required. No major

vegetation is present within the core zone hence no wildlife exists within the core

zone. However, the presence of reptiles and amphibian species has been reported by

the local people. Common avifaunal species has also been observed in the core

zone.

B. Fauna in Buffer Zone: List of fauna found in buffer zone (10 km study area) is

provided in Table 3.31. The listed fauna found in study area has been cross-checked

with Red Data Book of Indian Animals (Zoological Survey of India). There is no

endangered or Schedule-I faunal species in the study area except Peafowl (Pavo

Cristatus) which is schedule –I species but is of least concern category.

C. The Indian Peafowl is categorized as ‘Least Concerned’ in the International Union for

Conservation of Nature’s (IUCN) Red List. However, in India this species was

declared a ‘National Bird’ in1963 and has been provided utmost protection by

including it in Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife Act, 1972. Though this charismatic

species is not considered under potentially threatened category as of now. A least

concern (LC) species is a species which has been categorized by the International

Union for Conservation of Nature as evaluated but not qualified for any other

category. As such they do not qualify as threatened, near threatened, or (before

2001) conservation dependent. Though a conservation plan for Pavo cristatus has

been prepared by Enkay Enviro and approved by DFO Paliwhich is attached as

Annexure- VII. Application has already been submitted to Chief Wildlife Warden for

Schedule – I fauna conservation plan approval.

Mammals:

No significant carnivorous and herbivorous wild animals are found in the area. Blue bull

(Boselaphus tragocamelus), Mongoose (Herpestes edwards) and Jungle Cat (Felis

chaus) are the common mammals observed in the area. List of mammals observed in the

study area is provided in Table 3.32.

Amphibian & Reptiles (Herpetofauna)

Frog, Indian bull frog, snake like Indian cobra (Naja naja); Dhaman (Lycodon aulicus), and

\lizard are encountered at various places in study area (refer Table 3.33).

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Species

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conservation_status

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Union_for_Conservation_of_Nature

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Union_for_Conservation_of_Nature

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Threatened_species

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Near_threatened

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conservation_dependent



Table 3.31 Mammalian Fauna reported in study area

S.N

o.

Family Zoological name Local Name English Name Schedule

Class-Mammalia (Order: Primates)

1 Colobidae Presbytia entellus Langur Common langur II

2 Pteropodidae Cynopterus sphinx Chamgader Short nosed fruit bat V

3 Pteropodidae Manis crassicandata Shehi Indian pangolin IV

4 Felidae Felis chaus Jangli Billi Wild cat II

5 Herpestidae Herpestes edwardsi Newala Mangoose II

6 Canidae Vulpes benglensis Lomadi Indian fox II

7 Sciuridae Funambulus pennant Gilhaari Common squirrel IV

8 Muridae Bandicota

bengalensis

Chuha Field rat V

9 Hystricidae Hystrix Indica Shahi Common Porcupine IV

10 Leporidae Lepus nigricollis Khargosh Common Indian

hare

IV

11 Cetartiodactyla Boselaphus

tragocamelus

Neelgai Blue bull III

Table 3.32 : Reptiles and Amphibian observed in Study Area

S. N. Common Name Scientific Name Vernacular

Name Family

Feeding

Status

Schedule

Amphibians

1 Frog Rana tigrina - - C IV

2 Indian bull frog Hoplobatrachus

tigerinus

- - C IV

Reptiles

3 Binocellate cobra Naja naja Nag Elapidae C II

4 Indian Krait Bungarus coeruleus - Elapidae C IV

5 Russell’s Viper Vipera russellis - Crotalidae C II

6 Rat snake Ptyas mucosus Dhaman Colubridae C II

7 Forest Lizard Calotes versicolor - Agamidae C II

8 House geeko Hemidactylis brukaii - Gekkonidae C II

Avifauna

Avifauna is an important part of the ecosystem playing the various roles as scavengers,

pollinators, predators of insect, pest, etc. They are also one of the bio indicators of

different status of environment and affected by urbanization, industrialization and human

interference. They can be used as sensitive indicators of pollution and malfunction of

ecosystem.



Due to presence of the favorable habitats for avifauna, wide range of avifauna observed

in the study area.The study area is inhabited by forty species of birds. Among the birds

recorded in this study, were insectivores and other dominating types. The list of avifauna

observed in the study area is given in Table 3.33.

Table 3.33 Avifauna Sighted during the primary survey

S. No. Common Name Scientific Name Family Status

(IWPA 1972)

1 Red-wattled lapwing Vanellus cinereus Charadriidae -

2 Baya weaver Ploceus philippinus Ploceidae Schedule IV

3 Variable wheatear Oenanthe picata sub sp.

Opistholeuca

Muscicapidae No mention

4 Grey francolin Francolinus pondicerianus Phasianidae Schedule IV

5 Indian peafowl Pavo cristatus Phasianidae Schedule I

(Least

Concern)

6 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis Coraciidae Schedule IV

7 White-throated kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis Alcedinidae Schedule IV

8 Green bee-eater Merops orientalis Meropidae -

9 Pied cuckoo Clamator jacobinus Cuculidae Schedule IV

10 Lesser coucal Centropus bengalensis Cuculidae Schedule IV

11 Rose-ringed parakeet Psittacula krameri Psittacidae Schedule IV

12 House swift Apus affinis sub sp. affinis Apodidae No mention

13 Rock Pigeon Columba livia Columbidae Schedule IV

14 Laughing dove Streptopelia senegalensis Columbidae Schedule IV

15 Collared dove Streptopelia decaocto Columbidae Schedule IV

16 Red Collared dove Streptopelia tranquebarica Columbidae Schedule IV



17 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae Schedule IV

18 Long-tailed shrike Lanius schach Laniidae -

19 House crow Corvus splendens Corvidae Schedule V

20 Black drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Dicruridae Schedule IV

21 White-bellied drongo Dicrurus caerulescens Dicruridae Schedule IV

22 Indian robin Saxicoloided fulicata Turdinae No mention

23 Common myna Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae Schedule IV

24 Bank myna Acridotheres ginginianus Sturnidae Schedule IV

25 Wire-tailed swallow Hirundo smithii Hirundinidae No mention

26 White-eared bulbul Pycnonotus leucotis Pycnonotidae Schedule IV

27 Red-vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotidae Schedule IV

28 Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus Timaliinae Schedule IV

29 Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica Nectariniidae Schedule IV

30 House sparrow Passer domesticus Passerinae Schedule IV

31 Common Hoopoe Upuca epops Upupidae Schedule IV

Threatened and Endangered Mammals

The listed fauna found in study area has been cross-checked with Red Data Book of

Indian Animals (Zoological Survey of India). There is no endangered or critical faunal

species in the study area.

3.12. Socio-Economic Environment

Demographic and Socio-Economic Features4

Demography is one of the important indicators of environmental health of an area. It

includes population, number of households, literacy, population density, etc. In order to

assess the ‘Demographic and Socio-economic Features’ of the study area, census data of

4



2011, forthe concerned District Pali, in Rajasthan State was compiled and placed in the

form of tabulation and graphical representation.

Demography of the District

As per the district census handbook of 2011 records, the total population of Pali district is

observed as 2037573 persons comprising with 1025422 males and 1012151 females. It

shares almost 2.97% of the state population. The population density of the district is

observed as164 persons/sq.km. Nearly 77.4% population of the district lives in rural areas

where proportion of urban population to the total population is observed as 22.6%. The

sex ratio of the district is observed as 987 females for every 1000 males. The district has

high child (age group 0 to 6 years) sex ratio i.e. 899 females for every 1000 males. Pali

district has mainly Hindu & Muslim population. As per 2011 census the proportions of

Hindu and Muslim population in total population are 91.8% and 7.0% respectively. The

proportion of Jain population in the district is too meagre as 0.9%. The district has

registered a percentage decadal variation of 12.0% during the decade, 2001-11. The rural

areas of the district have attained a lower decadal variation of 10.4% as compared to that

of urban area at 17.7%.

Population Distribution in the Study Area

Population Distribution within 2.0-km radial Zone of the Study Area: As per the

census records 2011, the total population of the 2.0-km radial zone of study area was

recorded as 4916 persons of four (04) revenue villages named Birantiya Kalan, Hajiwas,

Dhoolkot and Lawamali of Raipur Tahsil in Pali district of Rajasthan. Total number of

‘Households’ was observed as 1070 in the 2.0-km radius study zone. Male-female wise

total population was recorded as 2381 males and 2535 females respectively. Caste-wise

population distribution of the study area revenue villages/towns, is shown in Table 3.34.

Table 3.34 : Caste-wise Population Distribution of 2.0-km Radial Zone

Name of the

Village

No of

Households

Total Population

Scheduled

Castes

Scheduled

Tribes

Persons Male Female Male Female Male Female

Birantiya

Kalan 478 2445 1229 1216 741 710 4 6

Hajiwas 302 1217 567 650 231 231 5 14

Dhoolkot 272 1172 539 633 166 172 0 0

Lawamali 18 82 46 36 2 3 0 0

TOTAL 1070 4916 2381 2535 1140 1116 9 20

Source-Census Records 2011



Population Distribution within 10.0-km radial Zone of the Study Area: As per the

census records 2011, the total population of the 10-km radius study area was recorded as

66012 persons of 42 revenue villages of Pali district of Rajasthan state. Three (3) villages

named, Beerbasni, Beesawas Kalan and Beesawas Khurd are uninhabited villages in the

study area. All the study area villages are falling mainly under two (02) Tehsil namely

Raipur and Jaitran of Pali district in Rajasthan. Total number of ‘Households’ was

observed as 14115 in the study area. Male-female wise total population was recorded as

32940 males and 33072 females respectively. Caste wise male-female population

breakup of the entire study area is shown in Table 3.35.

Table 3.35 Caste-wise Population Distribution of 10-km radial Study Area

Name of the

Village

No of

Household

s

Total Population

Scheduled

Castes

Scheduled

Tribes

Tehsil

Person Male

Femal

e Male

Femal

e Male

Femal

e

Birantiya Kalan 478 2445 1229 1216 741 710 4 6 Raipur

Hajiwas 302 1217 567 650 231 231 5 14

Dhoolkot 272 1172 539 633 166 172 0 0

Lawamali 18 82 46 36 2 3 0 0

Rampura Kalan 376 1585 752 833 261 235 0 0

Aakeli 229 896 407 489 127 139 0 0

Leelamba 586 2605 1273 1332 410 397 0 0

Malni 114 566 273 293 0 0 0 0

Makarwali 74 422 223 199 6 10 0 0

Asan Tiloriya 166 757 390 367 28 30 0 0

Fata Khera 158 792 419 373 12 20 0 1

Megarda 254 1231 656 575 279 248 0 0

Kaya Bheela 361 1840 943 897 10 7 0 1

Bar 1386 6777 3516 3261 704 643 10 7

Dholi Dhed 151 690 339 351 13 17 0 0

Bogasani Khurd 22 100 44 56 7 4 0 1

Beerbasni 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Beesawas

Kalan 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Beesawas

Khurd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kheramamawa

s 227 1080 529 551 103 104 0 0

Khokhari 188 981 490 491 35 38 1 1

Giri 619 3011 1532 1479 536 516 0 0

Mesiya 343 1418 723 695 190 168 0 0

Chanwadiya 77 360 189 171 9 10 0 0



Kalan

Nanana 460 2253 1144 1109 125 110 0 0

Shahpura 64 294 169 125 0 0 0 0

Chainpura 112 557 293 264 0 0 0 0

Jheentra 274 1432 738 694 0 0 1 0

Birantiya Khurd 792 3349 1613 1736 337 315 2 0

Kesarpura 214 1102 574 528 17 22 0 0

Jaitpura 233 1084 581 503 25 20 0 1

Jhala Ki Chauki 201 965 521 444 60 56 4 3

Sendara 550 2731 1396 1335 210 172 7 4

Kurantiya 58 264 146 118 0 0 0 0

Nimaj 3226 15071 7341 7730 1330 1309 4 6 Jaitran

Khera Ramgarh 153 630 292 338 64 60 0 0

Khera Deogarh 330 1444 712 732 158 149 0 0

Nimbera Khurd 164 819 407 412 167 164 1 1

Samokhi 207 868 414 454 70 72 32 40

Birampuri 120 559 270 289 85 70 0 0

Mohrai 402 1898 945 953 255 238 0 0

Dagla 154 665 305 360 43 50 0 0

TOTAL 14115 66012 32940 33072 6816 6509 71 86


Sex Ratio

The ‘Sex Ratio’ is a numeric relationship between females and males of an area and

bears paramount importance in the present-day scenario where the un-ethnic pre-

determination of sex and killing of female foetus during pregnancy is practiced by

unscrupulous medical practitioners against the rule of the law of the country. It is evident

that by contrast the practice of female foeticide is not prevalent in the study area.

As per the census records 2011, the entire study area is falling mainly in Pali district of

Rajasthan state. The ‘Sex Ratio’ was observed as 987 females per 1000 males in the Pali

District. The same was recorded as 1004 females for every 1000 males in the study area.

The child sex ratio of the district was observed as 881 female children per 1000 male

children. The village wise male-female population distribution for the study area is

depicted and shown by graphical representation in Figure3.14.



Figure 3.14 Male-Female Wise Population Distribution

Scheduled Caste &Scheduled Tribe Population: On the basis of the village wise SC &

ST population distribution of the study area during 2011, the ‘Scheduled Castes’

population was observed as 13325 persons consisting of 6816 males and 6509 females

respectively in the study area which accounts as 20.2% to the total population (66012

persons) of the study area. ‘Scheduled Tribes’ population was observed too meagre as

157 persons, accounting as 0.2% to the total population of the study area consisting of 71

males and 86 females. It implies that the rest 79.6% of the total population belongs to the

general category. Male-female wise distribution of SC & ST population in the study area is

graphically shown in Figure 3.15& 3.16.

Figure 3.15 : Scheduled Caste Population in Study Area

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

Total Population Male Population Female Population

Total Population

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

12000

14000

Total SC Population Male SC Population Female SC Population

Total SC Population



Figure 3.16 Scheduled Tribes Population in Study Area

Literacy Rate

Literacy level is quantifiable indicator to assess the development status of an area or

region. Male-Female wise literates and ill-literate’s population is represented in Table

3.36. Total literate’s population was recorded as 34597 persons (52.4%) in the study

area. Table 3.36 reveals that Male-Female wise literates are observed as 21562 & 13035

persons respectively, implies that the ‘Literacy Rate’ is recorded as 52.4% with male-

female wise percentages being 32.7% &19.7% respectively. The total illiterate’s

population was recorded as 31415 persons (47.6%) in the study area. Male-Female wise

illiterates were 11378 (17.2%) and 20037 (30.6%) respectively. The Male-Female wise

graphical representation of literates &ill-literate’s population in study area villages/town is

shown in Figure 3.17.

Figure 3.17 : Male-Female Wise Distribution of Literates &Illiterates

0

50

100

150

200

Total ST Population Male ST Population Female ST Population

Total ST Population

0

5,000

10,000

15,000

20,000

25,000

30,000

35,000

TotalLiterates

MaleLiterates

FemaleLiterates

TotalIlliterates

MaleIlliterates

FemaleIlliterates

Literates and Illiterates Population



Table 3.36 Male-female wise Literates & Illiterates

Name of Village

Total

Population

Literates Illiterates

Person Male Female Person Male Female

Birantiya Kalan 2445 1259 797 462 1186 432 754

Hajiwas 1217 592 336 256 625 231 394

Dhoolkot 1172 540 306 234 632 233 399

Lawamali 82 47 32 15 35 14 21

Rampura Kalan 1585 843 506 337 742 246 496

Aakeli 896 435 261 174 461 146 315

Leelamba 2605 1227 767 460 1378 506 872

Malni 566 256 156 100 310 117 193

Makarwali 422 255 163 92 167 60 107

Asan Tiloriya 757 355 233 122 402 157 245

Fata Khera 792 305 210 95 487 209 278

Megarda 1231 677 452 225 554 204 350

Kaya Bheela 1840 748 519 229 1092 424 668

Bar 6777 4265 2608 1657 2512 908 1604

Dholi Dhed 690 379 225 154 311 114 197

Bogasani Khurd 100 42 24 18 58 20 38

Beerbasni 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Beesawas

Kalan 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Beesawas

Khurd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kheramamawas 1080 485 323 162 595 206 389

Khokhari 981 358 246 112 623 244 379

Giri 3011 1661 1075 586 1350 457 893

Mesiya 1418 629 405 224 789 318 471

Chanwadiya

Kalan 360 128 97 31 232 92 140

Nanana 2253 1066 730 336 1187 414 773

Shahpura 294 98 73 25 196 96 100

Chainpura 557 246 176 70 311 117 194

Jheentra 1432 487 359 128 945 379 566

Birantiya Khurd 3349 1624 969 655 1725 644 1081

Kesarpura 1102 589 398 191 513 176 337

Jaitpura 1084 596 394 202 488 187 301

Jhala Ki Chauki 965 477 317 160 488 204 284

Sendara 2731 1700 1056 644 1031 340 691

Kurantiya 264 170 106 64 94 40 54

Nimaj 15071 8798 5194 3604 6273 2147 4126

Khera Ramgarh 630 330 184 146 300 108 192



Khera Deogarh 1444 708 452 256 736 260 476

Nimbera Khurd 819 395 255 140 424 152 272

Samokhi 868 405 245 160 463 169 294

Birampuri 559 260 169 91 299 101 198

Mohrai 1898 936 613 323 962 332 630

Dagla 665 226 131 95 439 174 265

TOTAL 66012 34597 21562 13035 31415 11378 20037


3.12.2. Economic Structure

The majority of people in rural sector are cultivators & agricultural labors which indicates

dominant agricultural economy. A small section of people are engaged as workers in

household industries. But in urban sector the existing scenario is completely reversed as

most of the people there are engaged in non-agricultural activity especially in local

hotels/restaurants and as drivers some people also operates their vans/jeeps/cars as

tourist vehicle.

Annual income helps in identifying families below poverty line. During the field survey,

income of a household through all possible sources was recorded. Agriculture and allied

activities was reported to be the major source of income followed by non-farm wage labor,

business, Government and Private Service etc. The other important sources of income

include government pension and income from selling of fodder.

Economy of the District

Agriculture is an important sector of the Indian economy and vital for the food and

nutritional security of the nation. As per the district census handbook of Pali, the economy

of Pali district is mainly dependent on agriculture as 57.1% workers in the district are

either cultivators or agricultural labourers. However, the district percent of such workers is

lower than the state average of 62.1%.

The mineral wealth of the district is largely non-metallic. The chemical grade limestone,

Quartz, Feldspar and Calcite produced in the district is also known for their quality. Other

minerals are Asbestos, Soap stone, Magnetite, Gypsum, Marble and Barites. The district

has substantial resources of Quartz Feldspar, Asbestos. Lime Stone, Marble and Granite.

3.12.3. Workers Scenario

‘Occupational Pattern: Occupational pattern was studied to assess the skills of people in

the study area. Occupational pattern helps in identifying major economic activities of the

area. The main and marginal-workers population with further classification as casual,

agricultural, households and other workers is shown in Table 37. In the study area the

Main and Marginal Workers population was observed as 19105 (28.9%) and 9567

(14.5%) respectively of the total population (66012) while the remaining 37340 (56.6%)

persons were recorded as non-workers. Thus it implies that the semi-skilled and non-

skilled work-force required in study area for the project is available in aplenty.



Occupation Pattern wise distribution of Population and Graphical representation of

‘Workers Scenario’ of the study area are shown as Table 3.37& Figure 3.18 respectively.

Table 3.37 Village wise Occupational Pattern in the Study Area

Name of

Village

MAIN

WORK_

P

MAIN_

CL_P

MAIN

_AL_

P

MAIN_

HH_P

MAIN_

OT_P

MARG

WORK_

P

MARG

_CL_P

MARG

_AL_P

MARG

_HH_P

MARG

_OT_P

Birantiya Kalan 304 132 19 3 150 629 18 286 7 318

Hajiwas 379 181 79 13 106 156 19 29 1 107

Dhoolkot 497 266 59 0 172 88 11 26 0 51

Lawamali 25 10 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 0

Rampura Kalan 342 223 40 2 77 348 52 266 3 27

Aakeli 184 55 9 8 112 242 18 208 2 14

Leelamba 1132 367 286 110 369 52 1 11 3 37

Malni 167 68 5 0 94 46 5 10 0 31

Makarwali 105 34 8 0 63 44 0 39 0 5

Asan Tiloriya 331 20 144 0 167 13 0 11 0 2

Fata Khera 371 175 3 0 193 0 0 0 0 0

Megarda 301 84 18 11 188 308 19 142 7 140

Kaya Bheela 340 72 49 0 219 596 287 210 0 99

Bar 1633 126 224 64 1219 917 59 574 31 253

Dholi Dhed 111 9 1 1 100 141 4 18 0 119

Bogasani

Khurd 8 1 2 1 4 22 1 14 0 7

Beerbasni 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Beesawas

Kalan 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Beesawas

Khurd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kheramamawa

s 574 494 64 7 9 83 54 19 4 6

Khokhari 269 56 56 2 155 188 95 87 1 5

Giri 958 226 203 111 418 191 3 85 2 101

Mesiya 552 372 62 8 110 294 60 207 7 20

Chanwadiya

Kalan 164 148 13 0 3 27 26 0 0 1

Nanana 992 392 439 10 151 32 17 13 0 2

Shahpura 133 106 0 3 24 3 1 2 0 0

Chainpura 194 114 1 4 75 5 0 0 0 5

Jheentra 597 304 211 34 48 104 13 65 17 9

Birantiya Khurd 980 440 215 17 308 471 121 196 3 151

Kesarpura 267 224 7 0 36 224 101 117 0 6



Jaitpura 261 122 85 0 54 264 200 30 1 33

Jhala Ki Chauki 218 46 78 4 90 281 19 12 5 245

Sendara 346 50 29 11 256 760 49 224 12 475

Kurantiya 55 32 0 0 23 51 26 24 0 1

Nimaj 4065 990 970 169 1936 2063 308 1314 162 279

Khera Ramgarh 221 114 32 19 56 117 9 30 21 57

Khera Deogarh 253 125 19 1 108 423 21 379 1 22

Nimbera Khurd 361 53 302 0 6 3 3 0 0 0

Samokhi 445 189 45 2 209 32 22 5 0 5

Birampuri 258 144 79 1 34 27 1 19 0 7

Mohrai 436 194 115 7 120 247 21 192 4 30

Dagla 276 222 19 7 28 75 35 17 21 2

TOTAL 19105 6980 3990 630 7505 9567 1699 4881 315 2672

Abbreviations:

MAIN WORKERS POPULATION: MAIN WORK_P: Main worker’s total population, MAIN_CL_P: Main

cultivated labour population, MAIN_AL_P: Main agricultural labour population, MAIN_HH_P: Main worker’s

population involved in household industries, MAIN_OT_P: Main other worker’s population

MARGINAL WORKERS POPULATION:

MARG WORK_P : Marginal workers total population, MARG_CL_P : Marginal cultivated labors total

population, MARG_AL_P : Marginal agricultural labors population, MARG_HH_P : Marginal workers involved in

household industries, MARG_OT_P : Marginal other workers Population

Source: Census of India Records, 2011

Distribution of work participation rate of the study area population is shown in Table 3.38.

Table 3.38 Distribution of Work Participation Rate

Occupation Class 2011

Main Workers 19105 (28.9 %)

Male 13037 (68.2 %)

Female 6068 (31.8 %)

Marginal Workers 9567 (14.5 %)

Male 3250 (34.0 %)

Female 6317 (66.0 %)

Non-Workers 37340 (56.6 %)

Male 16653 (44.6 %)

Female 20687 (55.4 %)

Total Population 66012

Source: Census of India Records, 2011



Figure 3.18 : Workers Scenario

Composition of Main Workers: The ‘Main Workers’ were observed as 19105 persons

(28.9%) to the total population of the study area and its composition is made-up of Casual

laborers as 6980 (36.5%), Agricultural laborers as 3990 (20.9%), Household workers 630

(3.3%) and other workers as 7505 (39.3%) respectively. Composition of Main workers is

shown below as Figure 3.19.

Composition of Marginal Workers: The total marginal workers are observed as 9567

which constitute 14.5% of the total population (66012) comprises of Marginal Casual

Laborers as 1699 (17.8%), Marginal Agricultural Laborers as 4881 (51.0%), Marginal

Household laborers as 315 (3.3%) and marginal other workers were also observed as

2672 (27.9%) of the total marginal workers respectively. Details about marginal workers in

the study area are tabulated in Table 3.39. Composition of Marginal workers is shown as

follows in Figure 3.20.

Main Workers28.9%

Marginal Workers14.5%

Non-Workers56.6%

Workers Scenario



Figure 3.19 : Composition of Main Workers Population

Figure 3.20 : Composition of Marginal Workers

Composition of Non-Workers: The total Non-worker’s population was observed as

37340 which constitute 56.6% to the total population (66012) of study area. Male-female

wise Non-worker’s population was recorded as 16653 Males (44.6%) and 20687 Females

(55.4%) respectively. Details about total Non-workers of the study area with Graphical

representation are compiled in Table 3.39and shown by Figure 3.21.

MAIN_CL_P36.5%

MAIN_AL_P20.9%

MAIN_HH_P3.3%

MAIN_OT_P39.3%

Composition of Main Workers Population

MARG_CL_P17.8%

MARG_AL_P51%MARG_HH_P

3.3%

MARG_OT_P27.9%

Composition of Marginal Workers Population



Table 3.39 Composition of Non-Workers

Non-Workers Population

Persons Males Females

37340 16653 (44.6%) 20687 (55.4%)

Figure 3.21 Composition of Non-Workers

3.12.4. Basic Infrastructure Facilities Availability (as per the Census records of 2011)

A review of basic infrastructure facility and amenities available in the study area villages

has been done on the basis of the field survey and Census Records 2011. All the revenue

villages of study area are mainly under two (2) tehsils namely Raipur and Jaitaran of Pali

district, in Rajasthan. Three (3) villages named Beerbasni, Beesawas Kalan and

Beesawas Khurd, are uninhabited villages in the study area. The study area has

moderate level of basic infrastructure facilities like educational, medical, potable water,

power supply, and transport & communication network. Entire study area is predominantly

rural and no town is observed in the study area.

Education Facilities: As per the Census Records of India 2011, there are a total forty-

two (42) revenue villages of Pali district of Rajasthan. All the revenue villages are mainly

under two (2) tehsils namely Raipur and Jaitran of Pali district of Rajasthan. There are

about forty-four (44) Primary Schools existing in the revenue villages as rural part of the

study area. Middle schools are twenty-two (22 no’s) in the rural part of the study area.

Only twelve (12 no’s) Higher Secondary Schools are available in the rural part of the

study area. Senior Secondary School facility is available in five (05) revenue villages of

the study area as rural part. The educational facilities have been further strengthening

now and a number of private public schools and colleges are also functioning in the

surroundings of the study area. Besides, there are Engineering and Medical colleges

available in Towns and District headquarters only. Higher education facilities are available

in Towns of the area. There is considerable improvement in educational facility. The

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

30000

35000

40000

Total Non-Workers Male Non-Workers Female Non-Workers

Non-Workers Population



villages/towns of the study area have no such facilities can reach within5.0 to 10.0-km

range. Majority of the villages are little far from their nearest town.

Out of total forty-two (42) revenue villages/towns of the study area eight (08) revenue

villages including three (03) uninhabited villages namely Beerbasni, Beesawas Kalan and

Beesawas Khurd do not have primary school facility and children of these villages have to

travel less than 5.0-km for their primary schooling. Mamta Bal Vidya Mandir is located at a

distance of 4.97 Km from the site in South-Southwest. One government school is also

located at 1.42km in SW direction to the proposed site.

Medical Facilities: The medical facilities are provided by different agencies like Govt. &

Private individuals and voluntary organizations in the study area. As per the district

census handbook information of 2011, only one (01) village named Nimaj has community

health centre (CHC) and two (02) villages named Giri and Nimaj are with primary health

centre (PHC) exists in the study area; most of the study area villages depend upon the

towns / district HQ of the study area having such facility. Eighteen (18) Primary Health

Sub Centres (PHSC) are exists in the rural part of the study area. Mother & Child Welfare

Centre (MCWC) are available in Six (06) revenue villages of the study area. Family

welfare centre (FWC) exists only in three (03) villages namely Bar, Nimaj of the study

area. Hospital facility was not observed in any villages of the study area rest of the

villages are depending upon towns of the district for such type of medical facility. Medical

dispensary facility was available only in five (05) revenue villages. Overall study area

villages are served by average medical facilities. Specialized medical facilities are

available in towns and District Headquarter (HQ) only.

Potable Water Facilities: Potable water facility is available in most of the villages/towns

of the study area. The entire study area has plenty of good potable water facilities. Tap

water facility was observed in nineteen (19) revenue villages of the study area. Most of

the villages (about 81.0%) having Hand Pumps (HP) water as potable water facility. Out

of total forty-two (42) revenue villages only one (01) village named Birantiya Khurd of

Raipur Tehsil in Pali district is served with River/Canal water as drinking water in the

study area. As per the census records of 2011, about Twenty-two (22) villages (52.4%)

are being served with Tank/Pond/Lake facility in the study area. Good potable water

facilities are available in the study area. There are two major surface water bodies exists

in the study area named Sukari River (dry river) at a distance of 2.68-km in NE direction

and another one is Lirli river at a distance of 5.29-km in NW direction to the proposed

project site.

Communication, Road, Transport and Banking Facilities: The district is well

connected by the North Western Railway. The Delhi-Ahmedabad broad-gauge railway

line passes from Sendra railway station to Nana via Sojat Road, Marwar Junction,

Phalana and Mori Bera. A part of this district is also served by the north western railway

from Marwar Junction to Phulad. There are thirty-one (31) railway stations in the district.

Another railway line also passes through the district from Marwar Junction to Rohat. All-

important places of the district are connected with bus routes.



At the year 2010-11, the district has 374 post offices and 2 telegraph offices, beside, the

services of 146 telephone exchanges and 2648 STD/PCO were also available.

Apart from Post &Telegraph (P & T) services, transport is the main communication

linkage in the study area. Out of forty-two (42) villages of the study area, only three (03)

villages named Bar, Nimaj and Mohrai are served with Post Office facilities in the study

area, remaining villages are depending upon this villages and towns of the study area.

The study area has good road network, passes from the area. The site is well connected

to NH-65 A (Degana - Raipur), and NH-14 (Beawar-Sirohi-Radhanpur) at an aerial

distance of ~1.16 km in SW and ~4.85 km in South direction of the site respectively.

Out of the total forty-two (42) revenue villages of the study area there are only two (02)

villages named Birantiya Kalan, Bar respectively, which are served with railway station

facility in the study area and rest of the villages are depending upon this village and towns

with this facility. Railway station for public transportation is Bar & Pali railway station

located at an aerial distance of ~ 6.44 km in ESE direction and 86.0-km in WSW direction

respectively from the project site.

Nearest airport from the project site is Dabok Airport (UDR) in Udaipur located at an aerial

distance of ~ 167 km in SSW direction. Jodhpur Airport is around 125 km away from the

project site. No major town is observed in the study area of 10km radius.

About eleven (11) villages (26.2%) are served with Pucca road facility in the study area.

The study area has almost all the schedule commercial banks with ATM facility in urban

areas and the district HQ.

Power Supply: It is revealed from the compiled information on amenities availability as

per the census records of 2011; twenty-three (23) villages (about 54.8%) are electrified for

all purpose in the study area. About 38 villages (90.5%) of the study area are electrified

for Agriculture purpose. About 23 villages (54.8%) were also electrified for commercial

purpose in the study area. Village wise information on basic infrastructure and amenities’

availability for the entire study area is compiled and presented in Table 3.40.

Historical place of Archeological Importance: There is no historical place of archeological

importance is present within 300 m of the proposed site.



Table 3.40 Village wise Basic Amenities Availability in the Study Area

Village Name Educational Medical Drinking Water Communication &

Transport

Approach to

the Village

Co.

Bank

Power Supply

P M SS SS

S

C

H

C

P

H

C

P

H

S

C

M

C

W

C

D F

W

C

T W H

P

T

W

S R T

k

O P

O

P

&

T

T

e

l

e

.

M

o

b.

B

S

R

S

PR KR FP E

D

E

A

g.

E

C

E

A

Birantiya Kalan 2 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Dhoolkot 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Hajiwas 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Lawamali 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Rampura Kalan 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Aakeli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Leelamba 2 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Malni 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Makarwali 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Asan Tiloriya 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Fata Khera 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2



Megarda 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Kaya Bheela 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2

Bar 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dholi Dhed 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Bogasani Khurd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Beerbasni Un-Inhabited Village

Beesawas Kalan Un-Inhabited Village

Beesawas Khurd Un-Inhabited Village

Kheramamawas 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Khokhari 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Giri 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Mesiya 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Chanwadiya

Kalan 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Nanana 2 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Shahpura 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Chainpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1



Jheentra 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Birantiya Khurd 3 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Kesarpura 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Jaitpura 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Jhala Ki Chauki 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Sendara 2 2 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kurantiya 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

Nimaj 5 2 2 2 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Khera Ramgarh 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Khera Deogarh 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Nimbera Khurd 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Samokhi 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Birampuri 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Mohrai 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Dagla 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

TOTAL

4

4

2

2

1

2

0

5

0

1

0

2

1

8

0

6

0

5

0

3 Status for Availability and Non-Availability is shown as A (1) & NA (2) respectively



Abbreviations

Educational Facilities: P-Primary School, M-Middle School, SS-Higher Secondary Schools, SSS-Senior Secondary School

Medical Facilities: CHC-Community Health Centre, PHC-Primary Health Centre, PHSC-Primary Health Sub-Centre, MCWC-Maternity and Child Welfare

Centre, H-Hospital, D-Dispensary, FWC-Family Welfare Centre

Drinking Water Facilities: T-Tap Water, W-Well Water, HP-Hand Pump, TW-Tube Well Water, R-River Water, Tk-Tank Water, O-Other Drinking Water

Facility

Communication and transport Facilities: PO- Post Office,SPO-Sub-Post Office, PTO- Post & Telegraph Office, Tel. - Telephone Connection, Mob.-

Mobile Phone Coverage, BS- Bus Services, RS- Railways Services

Approach to Village: PR- Paved Roads, KR- Kuchha Road, FP- Foot Path

Power Supply: ED- Power Supply for Domestic use, E Ag.- Power Supply for Agricultural use, EC- Power supply for Commercial use, EA- Electricity for

All Purposes

Source-http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB.html

http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB.html



CHAPTER 4. IMPACTS ASSESSMENT AND PREDICTION

4.1. General

Impacting activities are defined as elements of organization's activities that can interact

with the environment. These include activities during normal and abnormal actions of

Residential, commercial and education units. Environmental impacts are defined as any

change in environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially, resulting from

impacting activities. The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on

which impacts are being predicted) are ambient air, water, noise, land, flora and fauna,

infrastructure, and socio-economic environment. Thus, we predict the environmental

impacts of the impacting activities on the environmental indices. In this chapter we

covered the cummulative impact considering approved TOR and applied amendemnt of

TOR.

The possible impact on various components of environment due to the proposed INTECH

project can be assessed in terms of:

Beneficial or detrimental

Naturally reversible or irreversible

Repairable via management practices or irreparable

Short term or long term

Temporary or continuous

Occurring during construction phase or operational phase

Local, regional, national or global

Accidental or planned (recognized beforehand)

Direct (primary) or Indirect (secondary)

Cumulative or single

Significant

And on:

Physical

Biological Environment and

Demographic and Socio-economic Environment.

For proper assessment of significance and magnitude of environmental changes due to

construction and operational phases of the plant, the impacts are analyzed on the 10 km

radius study area around the proposed plant site for each environmental parameter.

Impact assessment study for the existing INTECH unit is carried out by predicting net

contribution of pollutants (qualitative as well as quantitative) on overall qualitative

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the Environmental Impact Assessment of the

proposed project. It describes the overall impacts of the project activities and underscores the

areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.



assessment of various environmental indicators. Prediction of impacts is an important

component in environmental impact assessment process. Several techniques and

methodologies are in vogue for predicting the impacts due to existing and proposed

industrial development on physico-ecological and socio-economic components of

environment. Such predictions delineate contribution in existing baseline data for the

operational project and superimpose over the baseline (pre-project) status of

environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of the environmental

conditions due to the proposed project. The quantitative prediction of impacts leads to

delineation of suitable environmental management plan needed for implementation during

the construction, commissioning and operational phases of the proposed project in order

to mitigate the adverse impacts on environmental quality.

4.2. Construction Phase

The activities of proposed expansion program will be confined to the project site within the

boundary of Plant complex. The present project activities will not cause any significant

loss of any important flora.

Emission /Gaseous pollution

Due to different vehicular movement, construction machineries and project construction

activities (Bulk solids handling), the concentration of air pollutants can be increased.

These pollutants can affect the surrounding vegetation and nearby agricultural crops.

There will be limited construction activities at INTECH.

Dust / Fumes (from machineries) Generation

Terrestrial flora can be affected by the dusty/ fumes environment to be created due to

vehicular movement/ machineries during construction phase. Increment in the density of

the dust particles (SPM)/ fumes having SOx/NOx/HC in the atmosphere can affect the

surrounding plant/ vegetation in following ways:

a) Blockage and damage to stomata

b) Reduction in chlorophyll content

c) Abrasion of leaf surface or cuticle

All these disturbances ultimately affect photosynthesis process and plant metabolism that

leads to reduction in plant growth up to some extent.

Noise Pollution

Noise level of the project area will be increased during construction phase. Although there

is no specific noise-sensitive fauna has been recorded near to project site but limited

avifauna and small animals in the industrial area can be affected by increased noise level.

In such cases they can change their habitat.

Congregation of Labour



Construction activities often require a considerable workforce and associated support

services. The livelihood activities of this increased human population may contribute to

local environmental impacts in terms of collecting firewood and food as well as enhancing

recreational activities.

The impacts during construction phase normally are:

Detrimental

Naturally reversible

Short term

Temporary

Local

Direct

Mitigation Measures:

Gaseous pollution

The pollutants (SPM, SOX,NOX, HC and others) in ambient air of the study area are low.

Development of multi-layer plantation (green belt) around the proposed project area will

further help to mitigate gaseous pollution within and around the project area.

Dust Generation

Dust generation during construction period will be managed through:

Water spraying on rough roads, on powdery construction materials etc.

Land / Soil

As this is an expansion project, there will be construction activities to be carried out.

There will also be installation of new machineries and equipment. But all this would not

make a huge damage to the present condition of land. Further the area of the plant is flat.

Much leveling would not be required. Thus, topography will also remain unchanged after

execution of the proposal.

Thus, the impact on the land/soil during the construction will for short terms and

insignificant.

Effluent discharge

There will be a negligible discharge of effluent from the proposed plant due to

construction activities, which will be directly sent to Soak pit through septic tank. Safe

guard for rainy season runoff will be taken to prevent any direct discharge from the plant

to nearby water body. As such the water ecology will not be affected, the domestic

effluent will be discharged through septic tank into soak pit.

Congregation of Labour

The impacts will be managed through:

No permanent camping in vegetation rich area and riverside



A provision of fuel for labourers engaged in construction activities

Restriction on poaching/hunting and removal of any vegetation

Based on the field observations and interaction with local people and forest officials, it

was noticed that the project area is not associated with any National Park/Wildlife

Sanctuary/Conservation Reserve and there are no wildlife migratory routes present in the

project area. Improvement in the green cover under a regular plantation program

(Greenbelt Development Program) will not only increase the plant diversity in the area but

also enhance the habitat for wildlife especially for avifauna.

4.3. Operation Phase

4.3.1. Air Environment

The pre-project (baseline) ambient air quality status in the study area indicates that all the

general as well as specific to project pollutants are well within the prescribed National

Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for industrial, residential, rural and other areas.

The principal impacts on air environment shall be due to operation of flue gas stacks and

process stacks – Briquettes /LDO shall be used as fuel in the boilers & DG sets. To

minimize the impacts due to emission from boilers, cyclone separators & bag filter shall

be provided as air pollution control equipment. The process vents shall be attached to

efficient adequate water scrubbers followed by alkali / acid scrubbers to remove pollutant

from process emission.

To assess the impact of air emissions from various continuous point sources, air

dispersion modelling study has been conducted with the help of ISCST3 (USEPA

dispersion model). Detailed description has been given in the following sub-sections:

4.3.2. Model Details

Air dispersion modelling can be used to predict atmospheric concentrations of pollutants

at specific locations (receptors) over specific averaging times (i.e. annual, daily, and

hourly). An atmospheric dispersion model accounts for the emissions from a source;

estimates how high into the atmosphere they will go, how widely they will spread and how

far they will travel based on temporal meteorological data; and outputs the pattern of

concentrations that will occur for various exposure periods, thereby providing the

exposure risks for different receptors.

In the proposed project, prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out

employing mathematical model based on a Steady State Gaussian Plume Dispersion

Model designed for multiple points sources for short term. In the present case, Industrial

Source Complex Short-term [ ISCST3] dispersion model based on steady state Gaussian

Plume Dispersion, designed for multiple points sources for short term and developed by

United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) has been used for simulations

from point sources.

The predictions for air quality during operation phase were carried out for particulate

matter (PM) SOx, NOx, Hydrogen Bromide (HBr) and P2O5 using ISCST3.



A uniform polar grid was used for the computation and extended to 10 km from the centre

of the proposed project. In addition to that, receptors were also placed at the sampling

locations

4.3.3. Predicted GLC due to INTECH Expansion Project

The main sources of air pollution due to the operation of the plant are the Boiler, Process

vent and other stacks. The contribution to GLCs for the pollutants i.e. particulate matter,

SOx, NOx, HBr and P2O5 were predicted over the study area proposed project

considering the worst scenario. The emission load from proposed project is given in Table

below. The prediction (maximum) is based on the expected total emission rate from each

stack and are given in isopleths Figure 4.1 (A, B, C and D) for proposed project. The

additional contribution to GLC is also given below in Table 4.1.

Table 4.1 Stack Parameters and Emission Details from Proposed Expansion Project

(Process)

SN Stack Attached

Stack Height in Meter;(From Ground)

Stack Dia (m)

Flow in Nm3/hr; /Temp in 0C

Pollutants Concentration in mg/Nm3

Remarks

1 Boilers (3Nos each of 4 T capacity ; Briquette/ LDO fired)

30 (Three Stacks)

0.07 (At Top)

7800/ 115 SPM<150 SO2<50 NOx < 150

(Separate stacks for each boiler of 4TPH)

2 Process Stack Alkaline Scrubbers

10 0.3 ~940/37 PM < 20

HBr< 05

All alkaline scrubbers are attached in single stack.

3 Process Stack Water Scrubbers

30 0.3 ~940/65 PM < 20

P2O5 (as H3PO4) < 10

All Acidic scrubbers are attached in single stack.

Table 4.2 Emission Load Proposed Expansion Project (Process)



Sr. No Stack attached to/

Pollutant

Pollutant Load

Kg/hr

PM SOx NOx

HBr P2O5 (as H3PO4)

1. Boiler -1 1.17 0.39 1.17 --- ---

2. Boiler 2 1.17 0.39 1.17 --- ---

3. Boiler 3 1.17 0.39 1.17 --- ---

4. Alkali Scrubber

0.188 --- --- 0.047 ---

5. Water Scrubber 0.188 --- --- --- 0.094

4.3.4. Meteorological Data

The meteorological data consists of wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity, solar

radiation, cloud cover and rainfall recorded during the months of 1st May, 2017 through

31st May 2017, on an hourly basis. Wind speed, wind direction and temperature have

been processed to extract the 24–hour mean meteorological data for application in

ISCST3.

4.3.5. Receptor Locations

A total of about 186 receptors – 180 receptors of which were generated with a polar grid

from the centre of the proposed project and extended to 10 km. Apart from these

receptors, the sampling locations were also taken into account to assess the incremental

load on the baseline environmental scenario.

4.3.6. Summary of Predicted GLC’s

The summary of maximum ground level concentrations (GLC) for the proposed project is

listed in Table 4.2.

Table 4.3 Summary of Maximum 24-hour Incremental GLC due to the Proposed

Expansion Project Stacks



Parameters Maximum incremental GLC(µg/m³) Distance (Km) Direction

PM 5.58 1.9 NE

SO2 1.30 1.9 NE

NOx 3.89 1.9 NE

P2O5 0.259 1.9 NE

HBr 8.6E-0.2 1.9 NE (Source: Modelling output results)

Maximum 24 hourly average incremental in GLCs of particulate matter, SOx, NOx, HBr

and P2O5 due to expansion project during operation phase are predicted and given in

Table 4.2. The isopleths of the pollutant concentration due to the impacts associated with

the operation of the proposed project are shown in Figures 4.1 through 4.5 for, Particulate

matter, SOx, NOx, HBr and P2O5 respectively. Contours of the incremental GLCs depict

that the travel of emissions from the proposed project would be mainly in NE direction.

Besides the worst GLC (maximum) predictions the GLC incremental at the sensitive

receptors (where the ambient air monitoring was carried out) was also predicted. The

predicted incremental GLC for pollutants are given in underneath Table 4.3.

Table 4.4 : Summary of Maximum GLC at Monitoring Locations due to the Proposed

ProjectAmbient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average)

Location Wind Direction PM(µg/m3)

Existing baseline Mean

Incremental Glcs

Net Incremental Glcs

Project site Flat terrain.

77 0.50 77.50

Dhoolkot downwind

direction for

summer season

65 5.0 70.00

Birantiya Khurd downwind

direction for

summer

63 00 63

Birantiya Kalan upwind direction

for summer

68 1.00 69

Lakshmangarh downwind

direction for

post monson

69 1.0 70



season

Road junction of Birantiya Kalan and Purthigarh

upwind direction

for summer

season

65 1.0 66

Road junction of Birantiya Kalan and Dhoolkot

upwind direction

for summer

season

62 1.0 63

Hajiwas crosswind

direction for

summer

51 1.0 52


Location Wind Directio

n

SO2 (µg/m3) NOx(µg/m3)

Existing

baseline Mean

Incremental Glcs

Net Incrementa

l Glcs

Existing baseline

Mean

Incremental Glcs

Net Incrementa

l Glcs

Project site

Flat

terrain.

6.5 00 6.5 13.9 00 13.9

Dhoolkot downwin

d

direction

for

summer

season

6.4 1.00 7.4 12.2 3.00 15.20

Birantiya Khurd

downwin

d

direction

for

summer

5.9 00 5.8 12.5 00 12.50

Birantiya Kalan

upwind

direction

5.8 00 5.3 13.0 00 13.00



for

summer

Lakshmangarh

downwin

d

direction

for post

monson

season

5.3 00 7.3 10.5 1.00 11.50


upwind

direction

for

summer

season

7.3 00 6.5 11.0 1.00 12.00


upwind

direction

for

summer

season

6.5 00 5.8 10.8 1.00 11.80

Hajiwas crosswin

d

direction

for

summer

5.8 00 5.9 10.3 1.00 11.30

Location Wind Direction HBr(µg/m3)

Existing

baseline Mean Incremental

Glcs Net Incremental

Glcs

Project site Flat terrain.

<0.1 8.6E-.02 8.6E-.02

Dhoolkot downwind direction for

summer season

<0.1 8.0E-.02 8.0E-.02

Birantiya Khurd downwind direction for

summer

<0.1 1.0E-.02 1.0E-.02



Birantiya Kalan upwind direction for

summer

<0.1 1.0E-.02 1.0E-.02

Lakshmangarh downwind direction for

post monsoon season

<0.1 1.0E-.02 1.0E-.02


upwind direction for

summer season

<0.1 1.0E-.02 1.0E-.02


upwind direction for

summer season

<0.1 1.0E-.02 1.0E-.02

Hajiwas crosswind direction for

summer

<0.1 1.0E-.02 1.0E-.02

(Source: Modelling output results with base line)

4.3.7. Discussion of the Cumulative Impacts at monitoring locations:

The nearest settlement in downwind direction is Dhoolkot (1.9 km NE). As per baseline

data of AAQ maximum GLC for PM at Dhoolkot is 65µg/m³ with this proposed expansion

project, 5.00 µg/m³ rise in GLCs so PM level will be 70 µg/m³. The Particulate Matter in

the study area is contributed mainly by commercial activities and traffic movement

(vehicular emissions), re-suspended dust from paved and unpaved roads and open

uncovered areas as well as from industrial activities.

Maximum baseline GLC for SO2 (Process) at downwind direction Dhoolkot (1.9 km NE)

was as 6.4 µg/m³ are observed. With the expansion project SOx level may increase by

1.0 µg/m³ so post project level of SOx is 7.4 µg/m³. Maximum baseline GLC for NOx in

downwind direction atDhoolkot (1.9 km NE) as 12.2 µg/m³. With the expansion project

NOx concentration is 3 µg/m³ so rise in GLC of NOx concentration is 15.20 µg/m³. It can

be concluded that with the expansion of project all the AAQ parameters will remain within

the NAAQ norms.

As is evident from the table and discussion above, there will be no adverse impacts on

the surrounding area (all pollutants post project GLC will be well within NAAQ norms

except PM which is already high due to natural and other commercial and traffic causes).

Highly efficient air pollution control systems have been adopted to mitigate particulate

matter as well as gaseous emissions in the ambient environment.



(A) Isopleth for PM incremental GLC due to Proposed Expansion Project



(B) Isopleth for SOx incremental GLC due to Proposed Expansion Project



(C) Isopleth for NOx incremental GLC due to Proposed Expansion Project



(D) Isopleth for P2O5 incremental GLC due to Proposed Expansion Project



(D) Isopleth for HBr incremental GLC due to Proposed Expansion Project




The ambient air quality with respect to air pollutants will change during the operation

phase of the proposed project. However, adequate stack height has been provided for

better dispersion of flue gas as per the guidelines of CPCB. In addition, all process

stacks have been provided with high efficiency scrubbing system to control the emission

within norms. In addition to that, adequate greenbelt will be developed for further control

of air pollution.

Compliance with the existing ambient air quality standards will be achieved by process

system selection as outlined above, proper system operation and implementation of the

measures as outlined in EMP. This needs to be coupled with the continuous monitoring

of air pollutants within and around the project site as well as in adjoining areas.

Environmental impacts (AAQ) resulting from proposed project can be grouped into

following

Categories:

Beneficial or detrimental--detrimental

Naturally reversible or irreversible---Reversible

Repairable via management practices or irreparable—Repairable to some extent

through Green Belt development

Short term or long term Short term

Temporary or continuous-- Continuous

Occurring during construction phase or operational phase—Operation Phase

Local, regional, national or global--Local

Accidental or planned (recognized beforehand) --Planned

Direct (primary) or Indirect (secondary)-- Direct

Cumulative or single-- Single

4.4. Noise Environment

The sources of noise during the operational phase of the plant are mainly from Boilers,

air compressors, blowers, pumps, vacuum pumps, ejectors and furnaces and other

process equipment. The other sources of noise are the movement of vehicles along the

road. Moving machineries will be selected with caution as regard to low noise generation

as well as low energy consumption.

4.4.1. Impacts due to Transportation

Noise level contributed from increased movement of light medium and heavy vehicles on

the roads both within and outside the plant can be considerable depending upon the

traffic density. The heavy commercial vehicles traffic is limited depending upon the

material receipt and dispatch of products through road transport. The major quantity of

pesticides will be dispatched through roads.

4.4.2. Impact of noise on community

Equivalent sound levels are often used to describe community exposures to noise. Noise

survey was also carried out at eight locations outside the plant area but within the study

area. Ambient noise level of the study area is within the prescribed National Ambient

Noise Quality Standard for respective residential, commercial and industrial category at



all the monitored locations which is well within the day and night time standard

(commercial).

The operation of proposed expansion project will have the noise level not much

exceeding the present noise level and as such will not have any adverse impact on the

human settlement around it. The noise will not be audible beyond its boundary limit,

particularly due to natural green belt and other attenuators.


Noise from the plant is to be limited through:

a. High noise machineries (DG sets etc.) should have acoustic enclosures.

b. Proper / regular maintenance of machineries.

Regular noise monitoring in work area. Any abnormal noise level to be investigated and

noise source attended.

Green belt development to arrest noise from going outside the plant.

Environmental impacts (Noise) resulting from proposed project can be grouped into

following

Categories:




through Green Belt development


Temporary or continuous-- Continuous



Accidental or planned (recognized beforehand) -- Planned

Direct (primary) or Indirect (secondary)-- Direct

Cumulative or single-- Single

4.5. Water Environment

Impact on water environment due to INTECH proposed project scheme will be in terms

of additional water consumption {water demand} and waste water generation after

treatment will be recycled and reused.

4.5.1. Water Demand

Since the INTECH proposed project will have water requirement both during construction

period as well as during operation. The requirement during construction period will be

much less. as compared to that during operation and will be met from Surface water and

ground water or both.

Water during operational phase is normally required for:

Process and washing

Cooling Water



Boiler Feed Water

Domestic and Green Belt

Total water requirement after expansion will be around limited (221.46 KLD). The total

fresh water requirement after the proposed expansion project will be 102.14 KLD and

119.32 KLD water will recycled and used. The water balance for the proposed project is

given in the Figure 2.4.

The domestic wastewater generated from the toilets, washrooms and canteen of the

plant shall be sent to STP (Sewage Treatment Plant). No wastewater will be discharged

outside the plant premises during non-monsoon and under normal operating conditions,

unit followed the zero discharge concepts.

4.5.2. Effluent Generation and Discharge

Wastewater will be segregated into two streams as High TDS / High COD (HTDS) and

Low TDS / Low COD (LTDS). The HTDS Effluent stream generated from process. HTDS

effluent will be collected in equalization tank and thereafter sent to neutralization, Settling

and solvent stripper will be sent to Multi Effect Evaporator (MEE). The distillate water will

be treated in ETP along with LTDS effluent. The concentrate will be sent to ATFD for

drying. The dried salt will be sent to approved TSDF for final disposal. The ETP treated

effluent will be passed through RO for recovery of water for recycling. The RO reject will

be send to MEE. No process effluent will be discharged outside the plant premises.

There is provision of stripper for recovery of solvent (VOC) from HTDS effluent before

MEE. The inorganic hazardous residues will be sent to TSDF.

The other source of wastewater generation will be domestic Sewage of 16 KL/day; which

will be treated in STP. Treated water from STP will be used for greenbelt development,

Thus, there will not be any major impact on the water environment due to proposed

activities.

Hazardous wastes will be stored, managed and handles as per hazardous wastes rules.

All bulk chemicals and fuel storage areas will be provided with dyke wall / bunds to

eliminate chances of any spillages/ leakages entering into the storm water drain.

No significant adverse impact on the surface and ground water or soil quality is

envisaged in view of the proposed mitigate measures.


Water consumption to be controlled though eliminating / reducing any water wastage –

leakages/ spillage.

a. Process control

Regular monitoring of effluent sources to ETP will show process conditions and deviation

from optimum water consumption.

ETP – performance for maximum recycle of treated water.

Environmental impacts (Water) resulting from proposed project can be grouped into

following

Categories:







Temporary or continuous--continuous



Accidental or planned (recognized beforehand) -- Planned

Direct (primary) or Indirect (secondary)—Direct

Cumulative or single--cumulative

4.6. Land/Soil Environment

Essentially, the two major impacts normally faced in impact on land environment due to

any development project are:

Diversion of land from designated use to the Project Use.

Deterioration of land / soil in terms of soil fertility and toxicity.

4.6.1. Land Diversion

Proposed expansion for manufacturing of technical grade pesticide is adjacent to existing

plant and is being converted for industrial use. Existing plant land is already for industrial

use.

4.6.2. Land Deterioration

The hazardous waste is generated at various stages of the manufacturing activity. The

mode of disposal is mentioned for each category of waste as per hazardous wastes

(management, handling and trans -boundary movement) rules, 2016.

Hazardous wastes will be stored at earmarked area with impervious flooring, shed and

spillage/ leakage collection system to eliminate rainwater contamination, chances of

overflow / spillages going on to the land and thus land/ soil contamination.

SOLID WASTE: The total steam requirement will be met from boiler. briquettes/LDO will

be used as fuel in proposed boilers. Ash generated from use of Briquette (~ 0.98 MT/day

;( ~ 30 MT / month) will be disposed off to Brick/Cement manufacturers/ or for road

development and to comply the Fly ash management rules.

4.6.3. SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE

Hazardous/solid waste generation will be the main source of impact on the soil

environment. Entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per

Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary movement) Rules 2016,

Most of the hazardous waste will be collected, stored and sent /will be disposed off as

per the hazardous waste management rules.

4.7. Biological Environment

Though the concentrations of the emitted pollutants will be kept within permissible levels

through the various engineering controls, it is essential to have eco-management in the

Likely Impact Zone for safeguard and enhanced of ecological environment of the project



area. The likely impacts and mitigation measures associated with different phases due to

various project activities area describes in following Table.

Project Aspect

Description

Likely Impacts on

Ecology and

Biodiversity (EB)

Impact Consequence -

Probability Description

/ Justification

Mitigation measures Type

Pre-Construction Stage Impacts

Removal of site

vegetation like herbs,

shrubs and grasses

site specific loss of common floral diversity

Site specific loss of associated faunal diversity

Site specific loss of habitat / habitat diversity

No major vegetation is present on site.

Site possesses common floral species; This will be site specific impact.

.

Subject to periodic

monitoring

/surveillance. However,

greenbelt / plantation

will be developed in

project site and in

periphery of the project

boundary, which will

improve floral diversity

of the area.

Short term

Construction Stage Impacts

Dust and Noise

Generation due to

movement

of JCBs, other

machinery, and other

construction activities

Site specific

disturbance to faunal

species

Dust settlement on

vegetation

No endangered fauna

reported from the site as

well as in study area.

The species reported

from project site and

buffer zone are common

/ generalist species and

not very sensitive to the

routine activities, so

there will be no threat of

facing disturbance.

However, its site specific

and temporary impact.

Subject to periodic

monitoring and

surveillance.

Water sprinkling for

Dust suppression.

Construction activities

shall be restricted in

night time.

Short term

Operation Stage Impact

Emission of PM, NOx,

Sox, HBr, P2O5 due to

operation (Indirect

impact on crops, trees

and shrubs of vicinity

due to contamination

Impact on surrounding

vegetation and

associated biodiversity.

Though the emission

levels of all pollutants

will be kept within

permissible limits. APCD

shall be used to control

dust emissions from

Operation subject to

management by

operational controls.

Emission levels of all

pollutants will be kept

within permissible

Long term

(insignificant

)



of ambient air, dust

emission, vehicular

exhaust)

various sections of plant.

The incremental air

pollution will not violate

the air quality standards.

Proposed plant is zero

liquid discharge basis so

no waste water will be

discharged.

Greenery development

will be done in and

around the plant site.

Such measures will be

adequate to protect the

noise and air pollution

impacts.

levels through various

engineering control

measures. However,

green belt development

with suitable species

will help to mitigate

likely cumulative

impacts.

Noise Generation

(Disturbance to

sensitive terrestrial

fauna due to

noise pollution)

Construction Stage Impacts

Excavation and filling up operation may result in fugitive dust emission. The dust

deposition on pubescent leaves of the surrounding vegetation may leads to temporary

reduction of photosynthesis. Such impacts would however be confined mostly to the

initial period of the construction phase and would minimized through paving of roads,

surface treatment, regular water sprinkling in dust generating areas and greenbelt

development. The impact on the ecology of the surrounding area during the construction

stage will be insignificant in nature. Greenbelt development along the plant boundary,

development of gardens and lawns will mitigate the residual impact on natural resources.

Operation stage Impacts

No national park, wildlife sanctuary, biosphere reserve exists within 10 km area of the

project. No endangered or rare or threatened plant or animal species was observed

within 10 km area of the project site (Except Peafowl). However, one small patches of

forest are present within the study area which is located more than 5 km away from the

site. The impact on the surrounding ecology during the operation of the project will

mainly occur from the deposition of air pollutants. Air pollution affects the biotic and

abiotic components of the ecosystem individually and synergistically with other

pollutants. Chronic and acute effects on plants and animals may be induced when the

concentration of air pollutants exceeds threshold limits. Particulate emission and other

gaseous emissions from the proposed plant are the major pollutant that may affect the

ecology of the area. The incremental emission of air pollutants is not likely to induce any

significant changes in the ecology because the national ambient air quality standards will

remain within the limits. The incremental MGLC of PM, Sox, NOx, HBr, P2O5generated

from the proposed plant will be very less and overall incremental GLC will remains within

the NAAQS. Therefore, impact of PM, NOx, HBr, P2O5 emission on the surrounding

vegetation will be insignificant.

CREP Guidelines: I NTECH has good corporate company committed to abide by CREP

guide lines for pesticide industry as give below:



The guidelines enunciated by CPCB are very helpful to mitigate environment pollution,

improve human health and benefit of cost savings by cutting cost of valuable solvent by

efficient recovery system. We (INTECH) will adopt all the guidelines as stated here

under.

Table 4.5 CREP Guidelines Compliance

Sr. No CREP Point INTECH Compliance

1

Segregation waste streams: Waste streams

should be segregated into COD waste, toxic

waste, low COD waste, inorganic waste etc, for

the purpose of providing appropriate treatment.

Waste streams will be segregated and treated in well-designed ETP

2

Detoxification and treatment of high COD

waste streams: Streams should be detoxified and

treated in CTP or thermally destroyed in

incinerator, as per CPCB guidelines. The waste

streams should be treated suitably before taking to

evaporation ponds.

INTECH will have three stage ETP followed by RO system. All the treated effluents will be recycled in the process.

3

Improvement in solvent recovery:

– Solvent recovery should be improved and

attempts should be made to achieve at least 90%

recovery wherever possible.

– Rest of the solvents which cannot be recovered

shall be incinerated.

INTECH will follow norms

4

Hazardous air pollutant control:

– For air pollution control from processes,

scrubber efficiency will be improved and

maintained as per the best practicable technology

for control of CI2, Bromine and VOCs. – An

incinerator will be installed, where necessary.

An incinerator will be installed, where

necessary

High efficiency scrubber and stacks for reducing the Air pollution will be provided. Stack emissions will be kept well within the prescribed limits.

Not applicable

5

Control of fugitive emissions/ VOCs: For control

of fugitive emissions (particularly for hazardous air

pollutions). The industries will adopt standard

engineering practices. System of leak detection

and repair (LDAR) program especially for solvents

Condenser with brine chilling shall be provided to the vent to minimize vapour losses. LDAR system will be followed to prevent any liquid/vapour leakages.



4.8. Socio – Economic Environment

INTECH proposed project will generate employment opportunities some through direct

employment and more so indirectly through services for the plant. Pesticides

manufactured by INTECH proposed plant are indirectly going to contribute food grain

availability by preventing loss due to insects (to crop) and rodents (during storage) etc.

INTECH project will have some impacts also on socio – economic environment of the

study area- some are as given below:

Proposed project will result in handling of product and raw material, which will increase

manpower requirement at various stages directly, or indirectly resulting in more income

of people.

INTECH project would increase requirement from ancillary and auxiliary industries in

the vicinity.

should be developed industries.

6

Upgrade of incinerators: Incinerators will be

upgraded to meet CPCB norms hazardous waste

incinerators. This is necessary for Halogenated

compound and POPs.

Not Applicable.

7

Replacement of Bio Assay test by toxicity

Factor: The present bio-assay test will be

replaced by Toxicity Factor test method developed

by CPCB. Toxicity factor of four (TF-4) will be

achieved and industries will improve their system

to achieve TF-

2. TF test method will be implemented by

PCBs/CPCB/ MoEF. The CPCB will organize

workshops on “Toxicity Factor” for industry.

INTECH will abide by the

rules.

8

Minimum scale of production to afford cost of

pollution load: To be decided, as industries view

point is that this cannot be done as few products

are costly and made in small volume. The matter

will be studied in detail by MoEF/ CPCB.

INTECH will abide by norms.

9

Non-complying Units (as identified by SPCB)

should meet the notified standards

Not Applicable

10

Bank guarantee to be submitted to SPCB by

Non-complying units: The submissions from

pesticides industry regarding speedy clearance

and other will be considered by MoEF/CPCB for

examination.

Not Applicable



With more load on infrastructure facilities – roads and rails; these facilities would need

improvement.

More income to Government through more taxes on higher amount of production.

4.9. INFRASTRUCTURE

The proposed plant is located about 1.16 km away from the National Highway NH-112.

The plant site is well connected through a major district road to NH-112. All inward and

outgoing materials movement from the plant shall be done through this road. To assess

the traffic volume on NH 112 near plant site a traffic study was conducted (given in

Chapter 3.). At present the total PCU as per traffic study is 1996. With the proposed

expansion project additional load will be around 15 trucks /day (20 tonner) outgoing for

products/by products and around 10 to15 trucks is coming per day. Based on IRC

guidelines and code of practice it has been ascertained that the NH 112 road stretches is

well within the design service value of 15000 PCU/day, as prescribed by the Indian Road

Congress.



CHAPTER 5. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

This chapter describes the administrative aspects for ensuring that mitigation measures

are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA.

Environmental Management Plan provides a logical framework within which identified

environmental impacts are managed. Technical methods to be used to mitigate (prevent,

control and reduce) negative impacts and working practices are described in Chapter 5.

In this chapter we covered the environmental management plan considering impact

assessment of approved TOR and applied amendemnt of TOR.

5.1. Environment Management Plan (Construction and Operation Phase)

The management of INTECH is quite conscious of its responsibility for maintaining clean

and a healthy environment. The management is also keen to modify and make more

efficient measures towards suppression of pollution sources. Lot of adequate funds for

pollution control measures are provided as a part of overall project financing to ensure

the availability of proper treatment facilities before the commissioning of the unit. The

proposed Environment Management Plan for the proposed expansion is summarized in

the below Table 51.

Table 5.1 Environment Management Plan

Environment

Elements

Stages and Source Impact Area Management Plan

Air

Environment

Construction Phase:

Construction activity is limited

may cause by emission of

dust such as the movements

of vehicles, speed, soil

stripping, excavation, back

filling and reinstatement

Within Plant boundary Water sprinkling in

construction area;

Asphalting the main

approach road;

Proper maintenance

of vehicles and

construction

equipment; and

Tree plantation in the

area earmarked for

greenbelt

development

Operational Phase:

Handling and storage of raw

material

Within Plant boundary

Adequate water sprinkling

system

Conveying of the raw material Transfer points Dust

extraction/suppression

This Chapter provides mitigation and control measures to attenuate and/or eliminate

environmental impacts, which are likely to be caused by the proposed project. An

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been developed to mitigate the potential

impacts and to strengthen the beneficial impacts during the construction and operation

phase.



system shall be provided.

Truck Movements Within Plant boundary Truck mounted vacuum

cleaning system.

Asphalting the road within

the plant area.

Process emission

Boiler& DG Stack within study area Adequate stack height for wider dispersion

Green belt development around the plant to arrest the fugitive emission.

Design of control equipment to meet the standard stipulated by CREP.

Process stack Within study area Adequate stack height for wider dispersion

Green belt development around the plant to arrest the fugitive emission.

Design of control equipment to meet the standard stipulated by CREP.

Noise

Environment

During Construction Phase:

Movement of heavy

equipment’s

Within Project Boundary

Good maintenance of

vehicles and

construction

equipment;

Restriction of

construction activities

to day time only to

extent possible;

Plantation of

trees around the

plant boundary to

attenuate the noise;

and

Provision of earplugs

and earmuffs to

workers.



During Operation Phase:

Increase in ambient Noise

level from equipment’s,

pump, DG sets and

compressors. However

incremental level is

insignificant due to provision

of acoustic enclosures for

noise generation sources.

Within Plant Boundary Equipment will be

designed to confirm to

noise level prescribed by

regulatory authority.

Provision of rubber

padding/ noise isolators.

Provision of silencers to

modulate the noise

generated by machines

Provision of protective

devices like ear muff/plugs

to the employee &workers.

Greenbelt development in

and around the plant

periphery

Water

Environment


Water will be needed mainly

for construction and domestic

purpose i.e. for drinking and

sanitation

Within Project Boundary

Domestic waste water will

be disposed off through

septic tank or soak pits.


Generation of high TDS and

High COD effluent. Zero

Discharge

Within Plant Boundary

Proposed ETP to achieve

ZLD (Zero Liquid

Discharge to extent

possible. And reuse the

treated effluent in the

process.

Domestic waste water will

be treated in proposed

STP. Treated STP water

will be used for green belt

development.

Land

Environment


Soil Excavation

Within project boundary Top soil generated from

various activities like

excavation etc. will be

stored and preserved to

use in greenbelt

development.




Solid waste disposal and

Hazardous waste generation

storage.

Within plant boundary Hazardous waste shall be

disposed off as per HWM

rules 2016.

Periodic monitoring shall

be carried out.

Zero liquid discharge will

be maintained.

In order to effectively manage the environmental management (including social

management) of the project, following management plans are required.

1. Creation of Environmental Management Department

2. Institutionalized Management Structure

3. Green Belt Development

4. CSR Management

5. Budget for Environmental Management Plan

5.2. Fly ash Management plan

Utilization of ash produced by Boiler as a thrust area of its activities and all possible

actions will be taken to enhance level of ash utilization. In the proposed boilers, various

avenues for ash utilization will be explored as delineated in the above sections. In

particular, supply of quality ash for manufacture of cement will be taken as there are

some cement units. Some of the actions planned for the project are as given in below

Table 5.2 : Ash utilization plan

Item description 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year

Total Production of Ash

(Maximum)TPA

314 314 314 314

Fly Ash use in brick

manufacture

20 30 40 50

Fly Ash use in Cement

plant

80 120 155 204

Ash used on road

development in

surrounding Area

15 20 25 30

Ash use in mine fill 10 15 20 30

Total Consumption 125 185 240 314

Utilization (%) 40% 58% 76% 100%

Note: The figures derived at about the ash utilization in the area are only rough estimates and may be

considered as a guideline only.

• INTECH will make efforts to motivate and encourage entrepreneurs to set up units for

manufacture of ash based products such as fly ash bricks, lightweight aggregates,

cellular concrete products etc as ancillary industries in the region. INTECH would be

providing all possible infrastructure facilities to these entrepreneurs in accordance with

its policy;



• INTECH would request State Government to make mandatory to utilize ash/ash based

products in Works Department and other Government/State sponsored projects to

enhance ash utilization;

• INTECH would also continue to encourage utilization of available ash based products in

all its construction activities;

• INTECH will encourage the use for Backfilling of abandoned coal mines will depend on

the allocation of abandoned mines by Government

The ash will be utilized in various construction materials to the maximum extent and

100% utilization will be achieved. All efforts will be made for maximum utilization of ash.

INTECH is committed to explore possibilities for ash utilization considering new

technologies and avenues and try to achieve the target fixed by MoEF in this regard.

INTECH is committed to comply with the Fly Ash Utilization Notification, 1999 and as

amended thereof.

5.3. Rain Water Harvesting Plan

INTECH realizes the importance of rainwater harvesting however it will be prudent that

rain water harvesting is not taken up in INTECH plant area. This is because if some

hazardous dust (in spite of all possible precautions) gets mixed with rainwater and enter

the ground water and the ground water will get contaminated. If required INTECH may

do rain water harvesting at alternate place with due approval from authorities.

5.4. Environment Management Cell (EMC)

First of all, EMC shall be modified in the expansion unit. The organizational structure of

Environment Management Cell (EMC) responsible for routine environmental

management and monitoring measures, implementing the EMP and complying with the

conditions stipulated by SPCB and MOEF is shown in Figure 5.1.

The Head of EMC shall directly report to the top management of the Plant. The Head of

Safety and Health shall also directly report to the top management of the Plant. In case

the HOD notes any non-compliance or violation of environmental, safety or health law/

regulations, the same shall be brought to the notice of the Production in Charge (during

the weekly review meeting). In case the non-compliance or violation is of manageable

nature, Production in Charge will issue instruction and sanction budget and resources to

rectify the same. Otherwise Production in Charge will obtain financial approval from the

Board of Directors (Top Management) and then address the problem. In any case all

matters of non-compliance and violations shall be brought to the notice of the Top

Management / Board of Directors, action taken report shall be submitted on regular

basis, till the problem is rectified.



Figure 5.1 Structure of Environmental Management Department

Functions of EMC: Head of the EMC shall form a Consultative Working Group by

involving responsible citizens from the surrounding community and develop action plans

to address any grievances of the public related to environmental performance of the

project and develop targets for addressing the grievances. The Cell shall thoroughly

study each activities and suggest additional mitigation measures (if required) for

improvement of environmental performance and discuss them in monthly meetings with

the departmental HOD for implementation. The EMC shall co-ordinate all related

activities such as safety, worker’s health, and health of surrounding community and

prepare statistical records.

Regular monitoring of fugitive emissions and report any abnormalities for immediate corrective measures.

Regular monitoring of ambient air quality within the plant and around the plant.

Regular monitoring of wastewater quality, water quality of the storage ponds, ground water quality and surface water quality.

Regular noise monitoring of the work zone and surrounding area.

Green belt plantation, maintenance, development of other forms of greenery like lawns, nursery, gardens, etc. in the plant premises.

Regular monitoring of the used oil and sell it out to the authorized recycler approved by the Central Pollution Control Board / SPCB.

In addition to above the environment management Cell shall conduct environmental audit

every year.

5.5. Institutional Arrangement

INTECH shall ensure following action items to be complied with throughout the life cycle

of the project:

FACTORY MANAGER

MANAGER (EHS)

Asst. Manager

(Housekeeping, Horticulture and

landscaping)

Asst. Manager

(Health)

Asst. Manager

(Safety)

Lab Assistants

(Environ. Sampling and Monitoring work)



Formulate Environmental Health & Safety Policy

Document the organization structure, roles and responsibilities for implementation and for functioning of Environmental Management System (EMS) and Safety Management System (SMS) Procedures.

Develop standard operating process and procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environment or forest norms/conditions.

Carry out regular inspections, monitoring and auditing;

Carry out periodical review and issuing amendments;

Reporting and communication (including internal and external reporting);

Documentation and record keeping;

An effective system of management is a key technique for ensuring that all pollution

prevention and control techniques, monitoring plan & mitigation measures are delivered

reliably and on an integrated basis. INTECH shall operate a formal Environmental

Management System for the proposed project. INTECH shall document the Standard

Operating Procedures to bring in any deviation / violation of the environmental norms as

prescribed. The SOP shall address the system of reporting of non-compliances /

violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company including all

shareholders and stakeholders. The salient features of Environmental Management

System (EMS) are listed below:

Effective operational and maintenance systems shall be employed on all aspects of

the process whose failure could impact on the environment:

Documented procedures to control operations that may have an adverse impact on

the environment

Define procedure for identifying, reviewing and prioritizing items of plant for which a

preventative maintenance regime is appropriate

Documented procedure for monitoring impacts

Preventative maintenance program, whose failure could lead to impact on the

environment

The maintenance system includes auditing of performance against requirements

arising from the above and reporting the result of audits to top management.

The skills and competencies necessary for key posts shall be documented and

records of training needs and training received for these post maintained.

The potential environmental risks posed by the work of contractors shall be assessed

and instructions provided to contractors about protecting the environment while

working on site.

Written procedures for handling, investigating, communicating and reporting actual or

potential non-compliance with operating procedures.

Written procedures for handling, investigating, communicating and reporting

environmental complaints and implementation of appropriate actions.

Written procedures for investigating incidents, (and near misses) including identifying

suitable corrective action and following up

The company shall conduct audits, annually, to check that all activities are carried out

in conformity with the above requirements.



The company shall report and publish annual report on environmental performance,

objectives and targets, and future planned improvements.

The company shall have demonstrable procedures (eg. written instructions) which

incorporate environmental considerations into the following areas:

o The control of process and engineering change on the installation;

o Design, construction and review of new facilities and other capital projects

o Capital approval; and

o Purchasing policy

The company shall have a clear and logical system for keeping records of policies, roles

and responsibilities, targets, procedures

Training Requirement of Staff: Training systems, covering the following items, shall be

in place for all staff of EC and other staff of various departments, which cover the

following:

Awareness of the regulatory implications of the Environmental Permits for the activity

and their work activities;

Awareness of all potential environmental effects from operation under normal and

abnormal circumstances.

Awareness of the need to report deviation from the Permit.

Prevention of accidental emissions and action to be taken when accidental emissions

occur.

The staff of the EMC will be trained every year by arranging in house training programs

by inviting experts or faculty members from reputed institutes.

Periodical Review: INTECH will annually review the EMP and identified management

action plans to address any changes in the organization, process or regulatory

requirements.

Documentation and Record Keeping: The EMC will maintain following documents for

effective implementation of the EMP:

Master management system document;

Legal Register;

Operation control procedures;

Work instructions;

Incident reports;

Emergency preparedness and response procedures;

Training records;

Monitoring reports;

Auditing reports; and

Complaints register and issues attended/closed.

5.6. Resource Conservation/ Waste Minimization

Additional key measures taken for natural resource and energy conservation are as

given below: -



• Used oil will be stored in covered storages / hard flooring to preventanycontamination

in soil/ ground water.

• Proper scheduling of preventive maintenance of critical machines will minimize used

oil generation.

• Energy efficient drives / LED lights to be used.

• Reduction of lighting power consumption by optimum use of electrical lights in plants.

• Use of variable frequency drive in plant.

• Enough care will be taken to prevent/minimize energy losses at each stage.

• Zero liquid discharge will be maintained for reduction in fresh water consumption.

Also use of Energy Efficient Lighting, Transformers, HVAC system, Use of Energy

Efficient Motors, electrical appliances to minimize the energy consumption in addition to

Process Planning.

5.7. Facilities for Employees

Company will give preference to local people (Skilled People) for employment. The

Company is more concern for the safety and health of its people, including the larger

community outside of the company and the environment as a whole. All employees will

be trained to work on sites in the safest possible manner and shall be made aware of the

consequences of unsafe act. Company will also provide the shelter, safe drinking

water, sanitation facility. The company will allocate adequate budget for safety and

Occupational health management of the employees.

5.8. Environment Policy

An effective system of management is a key technique for ensuring that all pollution

prevention and control techniques, monitoring plan and mitigation measures are

delivered reliably and on an integrated basis. INTECH has a well laid down Corporate

Occupational Health, Safety and Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors.

Objectives of Environmental Policy

“To be a role model in protection of environment for sustainable development, INTECH is

committed to implement best global practices in its operations through prevention /

mitigation of pollution, proper disposal / reclamation of wastes and bringing awareness

among all the stakeholders for continuous improvement in environmental performance”

To take account of environment concerns in planning and decision making.

Compliance of conditions imposed in Environmental Clearance and all other statutory

clearances issued by the Regulatory Authorities.

To prevent pollution of surrounding habitation by monitoring & measurement of

environmental parameters.

Identification of significant impacts and preparation of environment management

system for implementation.

To reduce waste generation and promote recycling of materials, wherever possible.

Optimum utilization of resources i.e. Electricity, Oil and Water.

To take up development works in surrounding villages as a part of corporate social

responsibility.



To provide appropriate training and disseminate information to enable all employees to

implement best practices and work in partnership to create a culture of continuous

improvement.

The company shall document the Standard Operating Procedures to bring in any

deviation / violation of the environment norms as prescribed.

Figure 5.2 : Corporate Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental Policy

5.9. EMP for Biological Environment Quality

Ecological base line surveys in the core and buffer zones, reveals no exceptional

features of wildlife interest. The survey based on following criteria.

Table 5.3 Table: Ecological criteria & Observations

Land use The site proposed for the expansion is already under process of possession of INTECH. No tree cutting is required. No major vegetation is present within the core zone hence no wildlife Zone exists within the core zone. At present only shrub species like Calotropisprocera, Argemonemaxicana, Acacia species and Prosopisjuliflora are present.

No sensitive ecosystem is present within 10 km area of the project site. However, one small Forest patches is present but located more than 5 km away from the project site.

Diversity Species diversity of flora as well as fauna species is restricted to agro ecosystem.



Rarity There is no endemic, rare or threatened species in site as well as in study area. There is no endangered or schedule-I faunal species in the study area except Peafowl (Pavo Cristatus) which is schedule –I species but is of least concern category

Proximity There are no Biosphere Reserve, National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, present within 10 km area of the site

Potential value After developing a wide and dense greenbelt in plant area will increase habitat condition especially for avifauna.

Based on the ecological baseline study following mitigation measures have been

suggested:

Regeneration / restoration of rare plants and animals: No rare plants and wildlife

species exists in the core and buffer zone, there are no endangered or Schedule-I faunal

species in the study area except Peafowl (Pavo Cristatus) which is schedule –I species

but is of least concern category. Though a conservation plan for Pavo cristatus has been

prepared by Enkay Enviro and approved by DFO Pali.

Improvement of biodiversity: Environment management cell of the project proponent

will look after the day to day environment monitoring requirement and Greenbelt

development in and around the project site.

Green Belt development plan

In order to mitigate and minimize the environmental impacts, arising due to project

especially from air pollution, noise pollution, soil erosion etc. the Greenbelt development

in the area delineated can provide the best mitigation option. The green canopy not only

absorbs some of these pollutants as carbon sink but also improves the aesthetic

environment, besides attenuating the noise levels.

INTECH will develop 5-10 m wide greenbelt (as space available) all around the plant

premises. As per CPCB/MoEF& CC guidelines 33% of the total land area (35364 m2)

shall be kept as greenbelt.

Development of Greenbelt

The strategy worked out for development of green belt consists of following:

The species selected should be capable of growing fast,

The species should be wind firm and long lived.

Broad leaf trees growing above 10 m in height should be planted along the

roads, offices and infrastructure facilities.

The species should form a dense crown cover.

The species should form a litter in abundance on the plantation floor.

Generally local/indigenous fast growing trees/ shrubs should be planted.

For protection against biotic interference thorn fencing around the plantation,

circular trench around the planting pit and sown with fast growing thorny shrubs

on the ridge should be followed.

Guidelines and Techniques for Green Belt Development



Based on environmental conditions suitable indigenous plants species shall be planted

under green belt development plan. The requirement of plants sapling for development of

green belt shall be made from the nearby forest nursery. The soil characteristics shall

also be kept in mind. As advance work the area to be planted shall be demarcated and

pit locations marked. Pits shall be dug out and semi-filled with good and loose weathered

soil before planting with the commencement of good monsoon rains sometime in month

of July. The digging operation of the pit should be completed before the end of June so

as to allow thoroughly weathering of the dugout soil. Prior to the commencement of the

rains, pits shall be refilled with the dugout soil and FYM added. Planting shall be done

when heavy showers causing run-off occurs sometime between July and August. The

saplings should be 9 to 12 months old. Immediately after planting the pits shall be

watered with 20 liters / pit and in case of failure of rainfall it should be watered @ 20

liters / pit at fortnight interval. The mortality of plants has been considered @ 20% and

re-digging of pit should be carried out before replacement of the individual plant.

Precautions During Plantation

Some important precautions should be taken during the plantation, which are as under:

Indigenous species recommended should be planted in sufficient numbers to increase their population size in the area.

Multipurpose species should be planted in large numbers.

Selection of species for plantation: The species selected under this plantation will be

moderately high, good foliage bearing and are able to trap dust and noise. The following

species along with hedge plant have been proposed for plantation under green belt.

(Table 5.3.

Table 5.4 Species suggested for plantation under Greenbelt Development Programmed

Scientific Name Family Habit/ Height

Evergreen (E)/ Deciduous (D)

Crown Shape

Azadirachtaindica Mileaceae Tree, 20m E Spreading

Bauhinia racemosa Caesalpinaceae Tree, 5m D Oblong

Bougainvillea spectabillis

Nyctagianceae Shrub, 8 m E Oblong

Emblicaofficinalis Euphorbaeceae Tree, 12m D Oblong

Murayapaniculata Rutaceae Shrub, 3m E Round

Neriumindicum Apocyanaceae Shrub, 3m E Round

Thevetiaperuviana Apocynacea Shrub. 5m E Round

Bougainvilliea Nyctaginaceae Shrub, 10m E Spreading

Syzygiumcumini Myrtaceae Tree, 20m E Oblong

Tamarindusindica Caesapinaceae Tree 20 m E Round

Dalbergiasisoo Fabacea Tree, 15 m D Spreading

AlbiziaLebback Mimosaceae Tree, 20 m D Oblong



Meliaazidarch Mileaceae Tree, 15 m D Spreading

Delonixregia Fabaceae Tree, 20 m D Spreading

Pongamiapinnata Fabacea Tree, 15 m E Round

Budget for Greenbelt:

INTECH will be developed a dense greenbelt in about 3.5 ha (33%) of the area within the

plant. About 1150 trees/ha shall be planted. On an average about 4000 trees shall be

planted within the premises as a greenbelt. The capital cost for Greenbelt development

(5 Year budget) of the project is estimated to be Rs 55.46 Lakh. The yearly greenbelt

budget for the proposed plant is discussed in following.

Table 5.5 Greenbelt Budget for 5 Year

Total area available for Greenbelt 3.5 ha (35365 m2)

No of trees to be planted 4000

Cost per plant

Total cost for 1st Year

Plantation

2nd Year recurring

cost (assuming

80% survival of

plant )

2nd Year onward

recurring cost

Purchase cost of the per sapling Rs. 20 0.8 Lach 0.16 lakh Nil

Tree planting cost Rs. 50 2.0 Lach 0.40 lach Nil

Watering cost (per year) Rs. 150 6.0 Lach 6.0 Lach 6.0 Lach

Maintenance cost (per year) Rs. 60 2.4 Lach 2.4 Lach 2.4 Lach

Manure/pesticides (per year) Rs. 50 2.0 Lach 2.0 lach 2.0 lach

Misc. cost (lump sum) for lawn and other form of greenery (per year) --

0.50 Lach -

Total expenses - 12.8 Lach 11.46 Lach 10.4 lach

Total Budget for 5 year =55.46 (12.8+11.46+10.4+10.4+10.4Lach)

Note – Schedule for plantation is tentative, it depends on the construction activities.

Table 5.6 Proposed Environmental Monitoring Program

Discipline Location Parameter Frequency Remarks

Micro - Meteorology One Temp.{max.; min.};

Relative humidity;

Rain fall; Wind speed

and direction.

Daily

Ambient Air Quality Five HCl, Cl2, SOx; NOx, Once in a Parameters as



CO, HBr, HC

Particulate matter

(with pesticide

compounds)

month applicable /as per

products being

manufactured

Boiler Stacks One PM, SOx; NOx, CO Once in a

month

Scrubber Stack All continuous

stacks

HBr, SOx; NOx;P2O5

(as H3PO4)

Particulate matter

(with pesticide

compounds; As per

stack design)

Once in a

month

Parameters as

applicable /as per

products being

manufactured

Effluents Final Treated

effluents

As per process /

plant requirement

Once in a

month

Parameters as

applicable /as per

products being

manufactured

Sewage Sanitary TSS; BOD Once in a

month

Ground Water

Quality (One

peizometric wells)

One peizometric

wells

Pesticides- etc. [in

association with

SPCB]

Pre-monsoon &

Post-monsoon

Parameters as

applicable /as per

products being

manufactured

Soil Plant premises As per CPCB norms Once in year

Noise Plant area

&periphery

Day & Night time

noise level

Quarterly

Health Check Up All Plant Personnel Diseases related to

pesticides

Annually

5.10. Budget for EMP

The overall investment in the project is 2700 lacs About Rs. 382.0 Lac is proposed for

the environment protection program. Details are as given below:

Table 5.7 : EMP Budget



Capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures

S. No. Description of Item Capital Cost Recurring Cost

(In Lacs) (In Lacs)

1 Air Pollution Control/ Noise 80 7.5

2 Water Pollution Control 200 18

3 Control of Fire and explosion Hazard,

safety measures 37 3.9

4 Environmental Monitoring and

Management 10 1.5

5 Green Belt Development 55 10

Total 382.00 35.50

5.11. Conclusion

Environmental Management plan will be dynamic, flexible and subject to periodic review.

For project where the major environmental impacts are associated, EMP will require

regular review. Senior management responsible for a project should conduct a review of

EMP and its implementation to ensure that the EMP remains effective and appropriate.



CHAPTER 6. RISK ASSESSMENT& DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

6.1. Introduction

Industrial plants deal with materials, which are generally hazardous in nature by virtue of

their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating temperatures or pressures or a

combination of these. Fire, explosion, toxic release or combinations of these are the

hazards associated with industrial plants using hazardous chemicals. More

comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering, such as,

Hazard Analysis and Quantitative Risk Assessment have now been developed to

improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of industrial plants. In this chapter risk

assessment and disaster management is mentioned the cummulative (approved ToR

and applied amendemnt of ToR).

The primary emphasis in safety engineering is to reduce risk to human life, property and

environment. Some of the more important methods used to achieve this are:

Quantitative Risk Analysis: Provides a relative measure of the likelihood and

severity of various possible hazardous events by critically examining the plant

process and design.

Work Safety Analysis: The technique discerns whether the plant layout and

operating procedures in practice have any inherent infirmities.

Safety Audit: Takes a careful look at plant operating conditions, work practices

and work environments to detect unsafe conditions.

Together, these three broad tools attempt to minimize the chances of accidents

occurring. Yet, there always exists, no matter how remote, probability of occurrence of a

major accident. If the accident involves highly hazardous chemicals in sufficiently large

quantities, the consequences may be serious to the plant, to surrounding areas and the

populations residing therein.

6.2. Risk Assessment

A three ‘levels’ risk assessment approach has been adopted for the Intech Pharma Pvt

Ltd (henceforth INTECH) for proposed expansion project considering both condition i.e.

approved TOR and applied for amended TOR. The risk assessment levels are generally

consistent with the practices encountered through various assignments for medium and

large chemical complexes. The brief outline of the three-tier approach is given below:

Level 1 – Risk Screening

This is top-down review of worst- case potential hazards/risks, aimed primarily at

identifying plant sites or areas within plant, which pose the highest risk. Various

screening factors considered include:

This Chapter provides the details about the Risk Assessment, Disaster Management

Plan (DMP) and on-site emergency plan as proposed for the proposed project.



Inventory of hazardous materials;

Hazardous Materials properties;

Storage conditions (e.g. temperature and pressure);

Location sensitivity (distance to residential areas / populace).

The data / information are obtained from plant. The results provide a relative indication of

the extent of hazards and potential for risk exposure.

Level 2 – Major Risk Survey (Semi - Quantitative)

The survey approach combines the site inspection with established risk assessment

techniques applied both qualitative as well quantitative mode. The primary objective is to

identify and select major risks at a specific location in the plant considering possible soft

spots / weak links during operation / maintenance. Aspects covered in the risk usually

include:

Process Hazards;

Process Safety Management Systems;

Fire Protection and Emergency response equipment and programs.

Security Vulnerability;

Impact of hazards consequences (equipment damage, business interruption,

injury, fatalities);

Qualitative risk identification of scenarios involving hazardous materials;

Risk reduction measures.

Selection of critical scenarios and their potential of damage provide means of prioritizing

mitigate measures and allocate the resources to the areas with highest risks.

Level 3 – Quantitative Risk Assessment (Deterministic)

This is the stage of assessment of risks associated with all credible hazards (scenarios)

with potential to cause an undesirable outcome such as human injury, fatality or

destruction of property. The four basic elements include:

i. Hazards identification utilizing formal approach (Level 2, HAZOP etc.);

ii. Frequency Analysis. Based on past safety data (incidents / accidents);

Identifying likely pathway of failures and quantifying the toxic / inflammable

material release;

iii. Hazards analysis to quantify the consequences of various hazards

scenarios (fire, explosion, BLEVE, toxic vapour release etc.). Establish

minimum value for damage (e.g. IDLH, over pressure, radiation flux) to

assess the impact on environment.

iv. Risk Quantification: Quantitative techniques are used considering effect /

impact due to weather data, population data, and frequency of occurrences



and likely hood of ignition / toxic release. Data are analyzed considering

likely damage (in terms of injury / fatality, property damage) each scenarios

is likely to cause.

QRA provides a means to determine the relative significance of a number of undesired

events, allowing analyst and the team to focus their risk reduction efforts where they will

be beneficial most.

INTECH shall manufacture some new technical grade pesticides chemicals at the

existing plantsite. Table2.6 in Chapter 2 gives the list of raw materials. Solid raw

materials are stored in ware house while liquid and gaseous raw materials are stored in

tank farms and covered area. The list of bulk liquid storages of raw materials is as given

below:

Table 6.1 Liquid/Gaseous Bulk Storages

S. No Material Capacity Remarks

RAW MATERIAL

1. Methanol 2X 25 MT Underground storage in tanks

2. Sulphuric acid 50 MT Above ground storage in tanks

3. Nitromethane 50 MT In drums / ISO Tankers, Well ventilated covered storage

4. Fuel (LDO /HSD) 5 KL each In drums, Well ventilated covered storage

6.3. Risk Screening Approach

Proposed Plant: Risk screening of INTECH proposed project was undertaken through

data / information provided by INTECH. Data of major / bulk storages of raw materials,

intermediates and other chemicals were collected. MSDS of hazardous chemicals were

studied vis avis their inventories and mode of storage. INTECH plant will be using

number of hazardous chemicals and also producing pesticides chemicals – all hazardous

in nature. The chemicals stored in bulk (liquid or gaseous) and defined under MSHIC

Rule will be considered for detailed analysis.

Hazardous materials have been defined under MSIHC Rules (1989) - 2 (e) which means.

(i) Any chemical which satisfies any of the criteria laid down in Part I of

Schedule I and is listed in Column 2 of Part II of this Schedule;

i. Toxic Chemicals: Chemicals having the following values of acute toxicity and

which owing to their physical and chemical properties, are capable of producing

major accident hazards:

S.

No

Toxicity Oral Toxicity

LD50 (mg/kg)

Dermal

Toxicity LD50

(mg/kg)

Inhalation

Toxicity LC50

(mg/l)

Remarks

1 Extremely >5 < 40 < 0.5



Toxic

2 Highly Toxic >5 – 50 > 20 – 200 < 0.5 – 2.0

3 Toxic >50 – 200 > 200 - 1000 > 2 – 10

Flammable chemicals:

(i) Flammable gases; 20 0C and at standard pressure of 101.3 KPa are:

Ignitable when in a mixture of 13% or less by volume with air, or;

Have a flammable range with air of at least 12% points regardless of the lower

flammable limits.

(ii) Extremely flammable liquids: chemicals which have a flash point lower than or

equal to 230C and the boiling point less than 350C;

(iii) Very Highly flammable liquids: chemicals which have a flash point lower than or

equal to 230C and the boiling point higher than 35 0C;

(iv) Highly Flammable Liquid: Chemicals, which have a flash point lower than or equal

to 60 0C but higher than 23 0C.

(v) Flammable liquids: chemicals, which have a flash point higher than 60 0C but

lower than 90 0C.

Explosives: Explosive means a solid or liquid or pyrotechnics substance (or a mixture of

substances) or an article.

a) Which is in itself capable by chemical reaction of producing gas at such a temperature and pressure and at such a speed as to cause damage to surroundings;

b) Which is designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas or smoke or a combination of these as the result of non-detonative self-sustaining exothermic chemical reaction.

I. any chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 2; II. any chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 3;



Table 6.2 : Hazardous Analysis of Products

S.

No

Material S. No & Threshold Quantity

(TQ in MT) as per MSHIC

Rules

Hazards Potential Remarks

Schedu

le- 1,

Part-II

Schedu

le-2,

Part-I

Schedule-

3, Part-I

Hazards Toxic

DT->---mg/Kg; OT----

mg/Kg; IT----mg/l; (Rats)

Chloropicrin

Cl3CNO2

CAS: 76-06-2

UN No: 1397

Clear to light green/brown

liquid, slightly oily

Odour: Intensely irritating

odor

--- ---- --- Toxic if swallowed. Causes

skin irritation. May Cause an

allergic reaction.

Causes serious eye irritation.

Fatal if inhaled.

IDLH 2.0 ppm HT

ACGIH (TLV)-0.1 ppm

(0.67 mg/m3)

Aluminum Phosphide

CAS: 20859-73-8

UN No: 1397

Grey-green powder or

pellet / tablet.

Odour: Strong garlic smell.

63 --- ---- Product gives off toxic

Phosphine gas when exposes

to atmospheric

moisture.

Oral, rat: LD50 = 11.8

mg/kg;

Skin, rabbit: LD50 =

>2000 gm/kg;

Eyes: cause

irritation.

Skin: cause

irritation

Ingestion

Extremely toxic

by ingestion

Methyl Bromide (MBr)

CH3Br

CAS: 74-83-9

UN No.

Toxic, flammable, corrosive

liquid and gas under

pressure.

--- --- --- Toxic, flammable, liquid and gas

under pressure, may be fatal if

inhaled, harmful if absorbed

through the skin,

Rat oral LD50 liquid MBr in

corn oil - 104 mg/kg

LC50- 302 ppm (Rat, 8

Hours)

TLV-TWA (ACGIH) – 1 ppm

Eye – May cause

moderate

conjunctivitis,

Inhalation –

Irritating to the

respiratory tract.

Skin – Itching

dermatitis.



Zinc Phosphide

CAS: 1314-84-7

UN No: 1397

Form: solid

Color: Grey/black

Odor: Garlic odor.

--- ---- --- Harmful or fatal if swallowed. Oral, rat: LD50 = 910

mg/kg;


15.3 mg/Kg

Additional Products

N-PROPYL BROMIDE

CAS: 106-94-5

Clear colorless to pale

yellow liquid with sweetish

odor

--- ---- --- Highly flammable liquid;

Harmful if swallowed

Oral, rat: LD50 = 2000-

3600;

LD50 (skin)-2000


35000 mg/m3

ISO PROPYL BROMIDE

CAS: 75-26-3

Clear liquid

--- ---- --- Highly flammable. Harmful:

danger of serious damage to

health by prolonged exposure

through inhalation.

DT->---mg/Kg;

OT----mg/Kg;

IT----36000 mg/m3

Repeated

exposure may

cause skin

dryness or

cracking.

VINYL BROMIDE

CAS: 593-60-2

colorless

liquefied gas

with pleasant odor

671 ---- --- Harmful if swallowed, eye

irritation, central nervous

system depression

DT->---mg/Kg;

OT---- 500 mg/Kg;

IT-------- mg/m3

Flammable gas.

May cause flash

fire.

2-CYNO 4-

BROMOMETHYLBI-

PHENYL

CAS: 114772-54-2

Off-white crystalline

powder

--- ---- --- Skin: Causes skin irritation.

Ingestion: Toxic if swallowed.

Inhalation: May be harmful if

inhaled. Causes respiratory

tract irritation.

DT->---mg/Kg;

OT----mg/Kg;

IT-------- mg/m3

[Not available]

TMSOBr (Tri-Methyl

Sulfoxonium Bromide)

--- ---- --- Skin corrosion/irritation:

Serious eye damage/irritation:

DT->------- mg/Kg;

OT---- 14500 mg/Kg;

Data not

available



CAS No: 25596-24-1

Solid -crystal Powder

IT---- ---- mg/m3

ETHYL

BROMIDE

CAS: 74-96-4

UN No:1605

Colorless liquid with

Ethereal odour; burning

taste

--- ---- --- Hazardous in case of skin

contact (irritant, permeate), of

eye contact (irritant), of

ingestion. Slightly hazardous

in case of

inhalation.

.

DT->-------mg/Kg;

OT---- 1350 mg/Kg (Rat);

IT----8115 ppm [4 hrs.

mouse]



Table 6.3 : Hazardous Analysis Raw materials stored in Bulk

S. No Material S. No & Threshold Quantity (TQ in MT) as per MSHIC Rules

Hazards Potential Remarks

Schedule- 1, Part-II

Schedule-2, Part-I

Schedule-3, Part-I

Hazards Toxic DT->---mg/Kg; OT----mg/Kg; IT----mg/l; (Rats)

1. Methanol CAS No:67-56-1 UN No:1230 A colorless fairly volatile liquid with a faintly sweet pungent odor like that of ethyl alcohol.

377 --- --- Highly Flammable; Behavior in Fire: Containers may explode. Health Hazards: Exposure to excessive vapor causes eye irritation, head- ache, fatigue and drowsiness. High concentrations can produce central nervous system depression and optic nerve damage. 50,000 ppm will probably cause death in 1 to 2 hrs. Can be absorbed through skin. Swallowing may cause death or eye damage.

ERPG-1: 200 ppm ERPG-2: 1000 ppm ERPG-3: 5000 ppm IDLH: 6000 ppm

2. Sulphuric Acid CAS No: 7664-93-9 UN No: 1830

591 Flammability: Will not burn Health Hazard: Extremely hazardous - use full protection; Reactivity: Violent chemical change possible

ERPG-1: 2.0 mg/m3 ERPG-2: 10 mg/m3 ERPG-3: 30 mg/m3 IDLH: 15 mg/m3

3. Bromine CAS No:7726-95-6 UN No:1744

84 17 TQ-1: 10 50 MT TQ-2:

500 MT

106 TQ-1: 40 MT TQ-2:

500 MT

Stable. Incompatible with reducing agents, alkali metals, powdered metals, steel, iron, copper, organic materials. Toxicology May be fatal if inhaled. Highly toxic by inhalation, ingestion or skin contact. Causes severe burns. Lachrymator. Typical TLV 0.1 ppm. Typical STEL 0.3 ppm



4. Phosphorus UN No: 1381 Colorless or white, transparent, crystal solid, waxy appearance.

503 ---- ---- Very toxic if swallowed Acute - Eye: Causes burns. Acute - Skin: Causes burn in contact with skin.

Acute - Inhaled: Very toxic by inhalation. May cause severe injury or

death.

5. Sodium Hydroxide CAS No: 1310-730-2 UN No: 1823

571 Not flammable; Corrosive to metals and tissue. Hazardous.

ERPG-1: 0.5 ppm ERPG-2: 5.0 ppm ERPG-3: 50 ppm IDLH: ---- ppm

6. Nitro Methane CAS No: 75-52-5 Colorless Oily Liquid with disagreeable-Choking Odour

---- ---- ---- Very hazardous in case of ingestion. Hazardous in case of eye contact (irritant). Slightly hazardous in case of inhalation

DT----- OT—940 (Rat) IT------

7. Sodium Hypo chloride (3—20%) CAS No:7681-52-9 Greenish- Yellow Clear liquid with strong Chlorine Odour

---- ---- ---- Irritant of the nose and throat, causing coughing, difficulty breathing, and pulmonary edema.

DT------ OT—8910 (Rat/ Undiluted) IT-----

Causes severe skin irritation with blistering and ulceration.

8. Methylene Dichloride CAS No:75-09-2

---- ---- ---- Very hazardous in case of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Hazardous in case of skin

DT------ OT—1600 (Rat)

Not much data available



Liquid; Odour –not available

contact (irritant, permeate). Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching.

IT----- Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 52000 1 hours [Rat]

9. Sulphur CAS No 7704-34-9 Solid Odourless, Tasteless, faint taste

-- --- --- Hazardous in case of eye contact (Irritant), Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact. Toxic if inhale or injection.

LD50 - Acute: >8437 mg/kg

[Rat] LC50 – 10000 ppm 96 hours (Fish)

-

TQ-I: Threshold quantity (for application of rules 4,5,7 to 9 and 13 to 15)TQ-II: Threshold quantity (for application of

rules 10 to 12)



Note:

1. Oral Toxicity (OT) in LD50 (mg/kg) 2. Dermal Toxicity (DT) in LD50 (mg/kg) 3. Inhalation Toxicity in LC50 (mg/l) [4 hrs.]

INTECH proposes production of new technical3 products and expansion of existing

formulation product. All products are hazardous in nature and limited data are available

for these. However, hazards potential (for damage) of products and other materials to

plant personnel, environment and off-site area is different for different materials See

Table 6.3. Among technical products only one is liquid. Among the products one product

namely Chloropicrin is” highly toxic” as per MSIHC rules. None is “extremely toxic”.

Among six additional products only one product (Vinyl Bromide) is mentioned in MSIHC

Rules. However, all are toxic in nature. Limited data are available for the products.

Though INTECH will be using a number of raw materials however it will be storing nearly

2 liquid raw materials (in bulk). Bromine will not be stored. It will be used immediately on

receipt in bulk tankers; no storage The raw materials coming under hazardous category

as specified by MSIHC Rules, 1989 (including subsequent amendments) is given in

Table 6.2 above

All pesticides products are hazardous in nature and many of them are new compounds

with little data available. The products are produced as per market demand and packed

and stored in saleable packing.

6.4. Hazardous Materials Storage

The solid raw materials will be received in bags or drums and will be stored in chemicals

go-downs. The products (liquid or solid) will be packed in drums and stored in product

go-downs as per market demand. The bulk storages of liquid hazardous materials are

given in the Table 6.1.

The solid materials powder or granules spillage can result in polluting small area only.

The damage to personnel can be through ingress- dermal (if individual come in contact),

oral (if individual food gets infected through fugitive dust) or inhalation (fugitive dust). The

main route is fugitive dust which in covered area will move to short distance only. Some

of the raw materials are though stored in bulk (quantity) but in drums only.

The pesticide product will be both as liquid and solid. The product storage for liquid will

be in drums and ISO containers and for solid in bags depending upon client requirement

The risk is through liquid and gaseous materials which are volatile/gaseous material

(toxic) and inflammable/explosive materials. The toxic vapours due to spillage of such

material can travel to some distance (as they are stored in covered go-downs) and cause

damage. The liquid products will be packed in drums (Approx 200 liters’ drums).

6.5. QRA Approach

Identification of hazards and likely scenarios (based on Level-1 and Level-2 activities)

calls for detailed analysis of each scenario for potential of damage, impact area (may

vary with weather conditions / wind direction) and safety system in place. Subsequently



each incident is classified according to relative risk classifications provided in Table

below as Table 6.4:

Table 6.4 Risk Classification

Stage Description

High

(> 10-2/yr.)

A failure which could reasonably be expected to occur within the expected life time of the plant.

Examples of high failure likelihood are process leaks or single instrument or valve failures or a human error which could result in releases of hazardous materials.

Moderate

(10-2 --10-

4/yr.)

A failure or sequence of failures which has a low probability of occurrence within the expected lifetime of the plant.

Examples of moderate likelihood are dual instrument or valve failures, combination of instrument failures and human errors, or single failures of small process lines or fittings.

Low

(<10-4)

A failure or series of failures which have a very low probability of occurrence within the expected lifetime of plant.

Examples of ‘low’ likelihood are multiple instruments or valve failures or multiple human errors, or single spontaneous failures of tanks or process vessels.

Minor Incidents

Impact limited to the local area of the event with potent for ‘knock – on- events’

Serious Incident

One that could cause: Any serious injury or fatality on/off site; Property damage of $ 1 million offsite or $ 5 million onsite.

Extensive Incident

One that is five or more times worse than a serious incident.

Assigning a relative risk to each scenario provides a means of prioritizing associated risk

mitigation measures and planned actions.

6.6. Thermal Hazards

In order to understand the damages produced by various scenarios, it is appropriate to

understand the physiological/physical effects of thermal radiation intensities. The thermal

radiation due to tank fire usually results in burn on the human body. Furthermore,

inanimate objects like equipment, piping, cables, etc. may also be affected and also need

to be evaluated for damages. Table 6.5, Table 6.6and Table 6.7(below), respectively

give tolerable intensities of various objects and desirable escape time for thermal

radiation.

Thermal hazards could be from fires or explosion. Fire releases energy slowly while

explosion release energy very rapidly (typically in micro seconds). Explosion is rapid

expansion of gases resulting in rapidly moving shock wave. Explosion can be confined

(within a vessel or building) or unconfined (due to release of flammable gases).

BLEVE (boiling liquid expanding vapour explosion) occurs if a vessel containing a liquid

at a temperature above its atmospheric boiling point ruptures. The subsequent BLEVE is

the explosive vaporisation of large fraction of its vapour contents; possibly followed by

combustion or explosion of the vaporised cloud if it is combustible range.



Thermal hazards have been considered for various scenarios including:

Fire in inflammable chemicals storage tanks.

Table 6.5 Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity

Incident Radiation

kW/m2 Damage Type

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation

1.6 No discomfort on long duration

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering of skin (first degree burn are likely).

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. Second degree burn after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting of plastic tubing etc.

25

Minimum Energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting, plastic tubing etc.

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process equipment.

62.0 Spontaneous ignition of wood.

Table 6.6 Thermal Radiation Impact to Human

Exposure

Duration

Radiation Energy {1%

lethality; kW/m2}

Radiation Energy

for 2nd degree

burns; kW/m2

Radiation Energy

for 1st degree

burns; kW/m2

10 sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 Sec. 9.3 7.0 4.0

Table 6.7 Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects

Sl. No Objects Tolerable Intensities (kw/m2)

1 Drenched Tank 38

2 Special Buildings (No window, fire proof doors)

25

3 Normal Buildings 14

4 Vegetation 10-12



5 Escape Route 6 (up to 30 sec.)

6 Personnel in Emergencies 3 (up to 30 sec.)

7 Plastic Cables 2

8 Stationary Personnel 1.5

6.7. Damage due to Explosion

The explosion of a dust or gas (either as a deflagration or detonation) results in a

reaction front moving outwards from the ignition source preceded by a shock wave or

pressure front. After the combustible material is consumed the reaction front terminates

but the pressure wave continues its outward movement. Blast damage is based on the

determination of the peak overpressure resulting from the pressure wave impacting on

the object or structure.

As a safety measure INTECH is storing highly hazardous raw materials in isolated places

with full safety measures. Damage estimates based on overpressure are given in Table

6.8below:

Table 6.8 Damage due to Overpressure

Sl. No Overpressure (psig / bar)

Damage

1. 0.04 Loud Noise / sonic boom glass failure

2. 0.15 Typical pressure for glass failure

3. 0.5 – 1 Large and small windows usually shattered

4. 0.7 Minor damage to house structure

5. 1 Partial demolition of houses, made

uninhabitable.

6. 2.3 Lower limit of serious structure damage

7. 5 – 7 Nearly complete destruction of houses

8. 9 Loaded train box wagons completely

demolished

9. 10 Probable total destruction of houses

10. 200 Limits of crater lip

In INTECH case explosion not likely.

6.8. Toxic Release

Hazardous materials handled and stored in bulk in INTECH complex are toxic liquids (as

detailed in Table 6.1) and other raw materials as defined in MSHIC rules and indicated in

Table 6.3. Some of these chemicals are stored in bulk (in tank farm).

Damage criteria: For toxic release the damage criteria considered is IDLH concentration

(if data are available). In the absence of non-availability of IDLH, ‘Inhalation Toxicity (IT)

data for rats’ are considered. ‘IT’ data are used for the products as IDLH are not

available for these chemicals.



6.9. Data Limitations

It is also observed that very little data or information (regarding physical properties

required for modelling) is available about the products.

6.10. Likely Failure Scenarios

Few likely failure scenarios have been selected after critical appraisal of raw materials

and storage inventories. Failure scenarios selected are as given in Table 6.9 below:

Table 6.9 Different Failure Scenarios

S. No. Scenario Remark

Raw materials

Case -1 Methanol Spillage Toxic Impact

Case -2 Nitromethane Spillage Toxic / Thermal Impact

6.11. Weather Effect

The effect of ambient conditions on the impact of fire / heat radiation and GLC of

hazardous / toxic material can be beneficial as well as harmful. A high wind (turbulence)

can dilute the toxic material while stable environment can extend the reach of IDLH or IT

(inhalation LC50 rats for products) concentration to long distance. Any inflammable gas /

vapour release in turbulent weather will soon dilute the hazardous gases below LEL and

thus save the disaster.

6.12. Incidents Impacts

The identified failure scenarios (Table 6.9) have been analysed (Using ALOHA and

EFFECT Modules) for the impact zones considering damage due to thermal and toxic

impacts. Similar impacts are considered for expansion units. Each incident will have

Impact on the surrounding environment which in extreme case may cross plant

boundary. The impact zones for various scenarios are given in Table 6.10.

Table 6.10 : Hazards Scenario Impact

Scenario No. Scenario Impact Zone (m) Remarks

Scenario Raw Material

Case -1 Methanol Spillage <10

IDLH; Stability Class D;

Case -2 Nitromethane Spillage <18

11

IDLH; Stability Class D;

Template-1

1st Degree Burn

Template-2



Templates of Scenario

Template 1. Nitro Methane Spillage—Toxic Impact Zone (Class D)

Template 2. Nitro Methane Spillage; Pool Fire—Thermal Impact Zone

6.13. Consequential Impacts

The consequential impacts from each incident scenario can be though thermal, over

pressure wave and toxic route. The damage can be on plant personnel (and neighboring

residents in case incident crosses boundary), property and also loss in production.

6.14. Thermal and Explosion Hazards



Incidents involving thermal hazards are mainly due to fuel fire (due to spillage). However,

the material stored is drums in small quantity. The impact due to nitromethane spillage

and fire (1st degree burn) is limited to ~11 m (2nd case) only (i.e. within plant boundary).

However, the consequences can go to worse if the incidents lead to domino effect to

other tanks.

6.15. Toxic Hazards

Toxic hazards are mainly due to Nitromethane and other toxic chemicals leakage and its

impact is also within the plant boundary (< 18 m).

Other hazardous chemicals including products their impact will be limited to spillage

area. The acid spillage if comes in contact with metal parts will produce hydrogen which

is highly flammable gas. Any person moving in area and getting splash will get the injury.

In addition, the spillage will cause pollution problem. The spillage is to be collected and

neutralized for toxic contents before disposal.

6.16. General Control Measures

Since some of the substances in use at INTECH are hazardous with fire potential and

also toxic in nature, it is necessary to use appropriate control measures recommended

for such substances:

6.17. Flammable Gas Fires

Fire control generally consists of directing, diluting and dispersing the inflammable

gas/vapor to prevent contact with persons, to prevent it from infiltrating structures if the

leak is out door, and to avoid its contact with ignition sources while, if possible,

simultaneously stopping the flow of gas. Water in the form of spray, applied from hoses

or monitor nozzles or by fixed water spray system cools the burning vapors / gas.

6.18. Process Safety System

Process & Plant Safety:

Conducting Preliminary Safety Analysis (A1), Basic Safety Review (A2), Detailed Safety

Review (A3), Pre Start-Up Safety Review (A4) & Pre Start-Up Safety audit according to

PPS directive (details mentioned in following flow diagram)

Every change in the process, procedure, equipment, etc. will be done through robust

management of change (MOC) procedure

Pre-Start up Safety Reviews for all modification

Pressure testing of pipelines and replacement of fragile pipelines and tanks by

prevention project

Hazardous area classification

Internal safety rounds for P&PS

Control P&IDs, and Lock opened (LO)/ Lock closed (LC) procedures are in place

TOPPS (Top Performance in Process & Plant Safety) training to all employees

Root Cause Analysis of all incidents

Pre-Start up Safety Reviews for all modification

Occupational Safety:



Permit to Work procedure and Monthly monitoring of all filled permit for continual

improvement

Mobilized Near- Miss Reporting and award scheme

HSE rounds: PMT (Plant Management Team) of one plant takes HSE round of

another plant. Exchange of best practices among plants

MSDS Management

Tool Box talk with contractors

Central Safety Committee

Departmental Safety Committees

HSE Coordinator and Monitor program: Shop floor employees’ participation in

Safety activities

Celebration of theme based Safety days/ weeks at site

Safety Induction program for new joiners (both company & contract employees)

Emergency Preparedness:

On-Site Emergency Plan for the site

Training on On-Site Emergency Action Plan

Regular Site Level Mock drills and Plant Specific Fire Drills and Leak, spill drills

Availability of First aiders, Fire Fighters and Rescue members in each shift

Maintenance of Fire hydrant system, sprinkler system and portable fire

extinguishers

Periodic testing of fire hydrant and sprinkler systems

Fire Tenders and Ambulances kept ready

Occupational Health:

Pre-employment & Annual Medical Examination

Quarterly/Periodical Physical Examinations

Canteen Employees Examination

Fork lift operators Examination

Recall services & Follow-Up

Return to work assessment

Exit Examination

Training on Counselling, Hearing Conservation Program, Hazardous Chemical

Awareness Program, Shop floor training, First-aid (Adequate numbers of Certified

First Aiders/employees), etc.

Legal records: All medical records of employees to be maintained.

Emergency Medical services: Ambulance services, First-aid boxes,

Decontamination facility etc.

Health Promotional Activities: Awareness on Medical issues, Ergonomics awareness

programs, Stress management, De-addiction program, etc.

Decontamination facility is provided

Breathing air provision is provided at toxic chemical handling area.

Safety System for Toxic Material Handling



Following precaution Taken while handling Toxic materials

Highly Toxic chemical is stored in storage room with lock and key.

Inventory records are maintained.

Toxic material is stored in well ventilation and out of sunlight

It is stored away from incompatible chemicals.

Keeping containers tightly & securely closed when not in use

Toxic chemical charging is done inside the closed room in presence of shift in-

charge.

Local Ventilation system is provided to avoid exposure at work place.

Vent gas is passing through scrubber system for absorption & reduction of pollution.

Standby pump provision is available for LEV & scrubber system. Training to employees

is providing for manual handling of toxic chemicals.

First aid training also provided to concern employees.

Antitoxic kit is maintaining inside OHC.

Safety PPE’s is providing during charging.

First aid kit provision is available at work place area.

Eye wash/Safety shower stations are readily available nearby and are tested regularly

To avoid fire and explosion nitrogen blanketing, earthling& bonding, electrical flame proof

equipment’s, pressure rated equipment’ are provided.

Suitable fire extinguisher and spill cleanup equipment are maintained.

Dyke provision is available where liquid toxic chemicals are stored.

Appropriate spill control equipment and procedures is available.

MSDS is maintained inside the concern plant / department.

Precautionary placard is displayed nearby the work place.

Toxic chemicals sign board is displayed on container.

Avoiding any welding, cutting, soldering or other hot work on an empty container of

toxic chemicals.

Good housekeeping is maintaining.

Toxic gas detector also provided at workplace.

Toxic chemical waste is collecting in separate pit and transferring to ETP for its

treatment.

Always ensuring that the waste container used is compatible with the waste material

Ensuring that the waste container is properly and accurately labelled.

Unauthorized person entry is restricted.

Restricted for eating, drinking & smoking at work place.

Employees are trained for emergency of toxic chemicals.

Toxic chemical spill, leak drills are conducting for awareness, preparedness &

response during an emergency.

Work place area monitoring is to be carried out for ensuring exposure at workplace.

Process is performed in closed conditions.

Regular pressure testing for pipelines and equipment to ensure tightness



WORKPLACE MONITORING PLAN

Work zone monitoring is carried out by HSE department every month for gaseous

pollutants and dusts. Records are to be kept in standard Form as per Factories Rules.

Location for samplings shall be identified. Samples are analyzed for Air borne

concentration of hazardous chemicals in ppm.

The analyzed results are compared with the threshold limit values (TLV) of international

organizations. The monitoring program is based on the Action Level Concentration (ALC)

which is 50% of the TLV. If the analyzed concentration is < ALC, no regular monitoring is

required, only occasional checks (once in a year) to ensure the acceptability of the

system.

If the analyzed concentration is > ALC < TLV then the monitoring is carried out at regular

interval (once in two months). Incase analyzed concentration is > TLV then corrective

actions are decided by Plant Manager, General Manager - works and Engineering

Manager and they are implemented. After implementation again monitoring is carried

out.

The sampling for gaseous pollutants and air pollutants are done by Air sampling pump.

Arrangement for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic

materials

All persons working in manufacturing units are surveyed by regular medical

examinations.

Pre-employment Medical examination to be carried out for all employees prior to

employment at well-known multispecialty hospital.

Checkups & tests carried out as per Factory rules / SPCB guidelines.

6.19. Safety Recommendations

6.20. Commonly Recommended Control Measures

A number of preventive control measures for hazardous occurrences have been

analyzed and discussed above. Some more salient points are enumerated below:

All storage tanks in the tank farm should be dyked. Other operation and maintenance features shall be based on established best safety practices.

Concentration detectors for hazardous chemical vapours (e.g. Chlorine/ bromine/ other chemicals etc.) fire Smoke / heat detectors and fire alarm should be installed at all strategic locations in the plant.

A schedule for preventive maintenance including health survey of all plant equipment should be adhered to as far as possible.

Ensure the absence of ignition sources in storage area.

Ensure placement of firefighting facilities, such as, carbon dioxide, dry chemical powder and foam type fire extinguishers in addition to fire hydrant system, at strategic locations. Spill control measures, such as, removal of all ignition sources from the spill area and ventilating the area as well as soaking the spilled material with paper, towel or mud and letting the volatile substance evaporate slowly in a safe area.

Compulsory use of protective clothing, non-sparking tools and warning signs during critical operations and maintenance.



Training / refresher courses on safety information’s / norms.

Eyewash and showers should be put up at strategic places for use during emergencies.

A group of plant personnel should be trained in first aid, rescue, firefighting and

emergency control measures. These personnel will form core group/emergency squad

who will fight the emergency and also act as rescue and first aid team.

In order to ensure communication from isolated places/locations Walkie-Talkie be made

available to persons working in these areas. This will considerably improve the

effectiveness of emergency management.

There is no substitute for training-mock drills and these must be held at regular interval

keeping the following objectives in mind:

Real time mock-drill should be carried out for probable/likely hazardous situation (after

the plant is successfully commissioned).

Target to be set up for various tasks and events during an emergency.

Weak links should be marked and corrective action taken to improve effectiveness during

emergency.

6.21. Occupational Health and Safety

Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) are of prime importance more so in hazardous

industries. Industries have various types of hazards and QRA is carried out to

understand the hazards potential from various incidents. Pre-emptive steps can be

planned to safeguards from likely causes. Some of the

Frequent causes of accidents

Fire and explosion: explosives, flammable material

Hazards from Toxic Materials

Mechanical Hazards such as:

Being struck by falling objects

Caught in between machine parts

Snapping of cables, ropes, chains, slings

Handling heavy objects

Electricity Hazards

o Electrocution o Short circuits and consequential fire. o Poor illumination etc.

Other Hazards:

o Falls from height inside industrial units or on the ground o Struck by moving objects; Slipping on wet surfaces o Sharp objects

Oxygen deficiency in confined spaces; Lack of personal protective equipment (PPE),

housekeeping practices, safety signs

Consequential hazards due to extreme Temperatures;

Consequential hazards due to vibration

Consequential hazards due to radiation;



Many more hazards.

Hazardous substances and wastes

Heavy and toxic metals

Lack of hazard communication (storage, labelling, material safety data sheets)

Batteries, fire-fighting liquids

Welding fumes

Volatile organic compounds (solvents)

Inhalation in confined and enclosed spaces

Repetitive strain injuries, awkward postures, repetitive and monotonous work, excessive workload

Ergonomic and psychosocial hazards

Many of the hazards are as result of working environment.

Long working hours, shift work, night work, temporary employment (Long working hours, shift work, night work, temporary employment, Mental stress, human relations) which results in less attention at work place and consequential incidents and accidents.

Lack of education and training / awareness is another prime cause of accidents.

Considering above, QRA analysis and also the nature of activities at INTECH the

following steps for OHS activities have been suggested:

Employee’s health check-up: pre-employment and periodic check-up during employment. The health check-up observations should be informed to employees.

The health should include any impact due to hazards at work place including (but not limited to) due to noise, heat, illumination, dust, any other chemicals, metals being suspected in environment and going into body of workers either through inhalation, ingestion or through skin absorption and steps taken to avoid muscular-skeletal disorders (MSD), backache, pain in minor and major joints, fatigue etc.

Training and refresher courses on safety to all employees.

Employees should be made aware of the hazards in the plant and the preventive actions to be safe from such hazards.

Response to Injuries: Based on a survey of possible injuries, a procedure for response to

injuries or exposure to hazardous substances should be established. All staff should

have minimum training to such response and the procedure ought to include the

following:

Immediate first aid, such as eye splashing, cleansing of wounds and skin, and

Bandage etc.

Immediate reporting to a responsible designated person

If possible, retention of the item and details of its source for identification of

possible hazards.

Medical surveillance

Recording of the incident

Investigation, determination and implementation of remedial action

6.22. Emergency Management Plan



INTECH should develop an Emergency Management Plan (EMP) and regularly carry out

Mock drills to check the effectiveness of the EMP. Ergonomic and psychosocial hazards

6.23. Many of the hazards are as result of working environment

Repetitive strain injuries, awkward postures, repetitive and monotonous work, excessive

workload

Long working hours, shift work, night work, temporary employment (Long working hours,

shift work, night work, temporary employment, Mental stress, human relations) which

results in less attention at work place and consequential incidents and accidents.

Lack of education and training / awareness is another prime cause of accidents.

Considering above, QRA analysis and also the nature of activities at INTECH the

following steps for OHS activities have been suggested:

Employee’s health check-up: pre-employment and periodic check-up during employment.

The health check-up observations should be informed to employees.

The health should include any impact due to hazards at work place including (but not

limited to) due to noise, heat, illumination, dust, any other chemicals, metals being

suspected in environment and going into body of workers either through inhalation,

ingestion or through skin absorption and steps taken to avoid musculo-skeletal disorders

(MSD), backache, pain in minor and major joints, fatigue etc.

Training and refresher courses on safety to all employees.

Employees should be made aware of the hazards in the plant and the preventive actions

to be safe from such hazards.

Response to injuries: Based on a survey of possible injuries, a procedure for response to

injuries or exposure to hazardous substances should be established. All staff should

have minimum training to such response and the procedure ought to include the

following:

Immediate first aid, such as eye splashing, cleansing of wounds and skin, and

Bandage etc.

Immediate reporting to a responsible designated person

If possible, retention of the item and details of its source for identification of possible

hazards.

Medical surveillance

Recording of the incident

Investigation, determination and implementation of remedial action

6.24. Key Process Safety Measures

Flameproof equipment’s and fittings are provided for handling of hazardous

chemicals.

Tanks and all pump motors are earthed.

Road tanker earthling lines have been provided near the unloading pumps.

Dykes have been provided for hazardous chemicals storage to contain leakages.

Floors of the dyke area have impervious finish.



Housekeeping of the plant is as per prescribed norms. Floors, platforms, staircases,

passages are kept free of any obstruction.

All hazardous operations are explained to the workers. They are periodically trained

on the hazardous processes.

Dedicated supply of firewater is available in the plant.

Only authorized persons are allowed inside the plant.

All instrument and safety devices are checked and calibrated during installation.

They are also calibrated, checked at a frequent interval. Calibration records are

maintained.

All electrical equipment’s are installed as per prescribed standards.

All the equipment’s of the plant are periodically tested as per standard and results

are documented. All equipment’s undergo preventive maintenance schedule.

Hydrant system is pressured with a Jockey Pump.

Flame arrestor is provided on each tank.

Pressure gauge is provided on each tank.

In addition to fire hydrant system, nos. of fire extinguishers are also installed at different

locations within premises.

Retention basin is provided to collect the contaminated water used during firefighting.

6.25. Transportation:

Class A petroleum products (equivalent raw materials) will be received through road

tanker and stored in underground storage tank as per petroleum Act & Rules.

Road tanker unloading procedure will be in place and will be implemented for safe

unloading of road tanker.

Static earthing provision will be made for tanker unloading.

Earthed Flexible Steel hose will be used for solvent unloading from the road tanker.

Fixed pipelines with pumps will be provided for solvent transfer up to Day

tanks/reactors.

Double mechanical seal type pumps will be installed.

NRV provision will be made on all pump discharge line.

Table 6.11 Transportation, Unloading and Handling Safety Measures

Activity Type of possible Hazard

Mitigation measures

1 Transportation of Chemicals

Bromine Leakage& Spillage

Isolate the area

Isolate the container

Check the source of leakage point.

Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material unless wearing appropriate protective clothing.

Do the necessary containment by cordoning and neutralize by neutralizing agent

• Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe



driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. • Instructions will be given not to stop road tanker in populated area. • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE.

• Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker

Fire,& explosion,

Possibility of Fire & Expulsion is unlikely

Toxic release

• Isolate the area • Isolate the container • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. • Instructions will be given not to stop road tanker in populated area. • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker .

Acid s

Leakage& Spillage

Isolate the area Isolate the container Check the source of leakage point. Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material unless wearing appropriate protective clothing.

Do the necessary containment by cordoning and neutralize by neutralizing agent • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. • Instructions will be given not to stop road tanker in populated area. • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker

Fire,& explosion,


Toxic release

• Isolate the area • Isolate the container . Attend the source of release and mitigate with appropriate P.P.E.s • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. •• Instructions will be given not to stop road tanker in populated area. • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker

Solvent Leakage& Spillage


Use water spray to avoid any possibility of fire • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. • • Instructions will be given not to stop road tanker in populated area.



• Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker

Fire,& explosion,

• Use water spray to reduce vapors; • Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away from spilled material. • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. • • Instructions will be given not to stop road tanker in populated area. • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker

Toxic release

• Isolate the area • Isolate the container • Check the source of leakage point. • Spray the water on leakage • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. • Fire extinguishers will be kept with tanker. • Flame arrestor will be provided to tanker exhaust. • Instructions will be given not to stop road tanker in populated area. • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker

2 Acids, Bromine and& Solvents Road tanker unloading at project site.


Isolate the area Isolate the container Check the source of leakage point. Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material unless wearing appropriate protective clothing. Do the necessary containment by cordoning and neutralize by neutralizing agent

• Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and will not be kept waiting near the gate or the main road. • Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition; Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down. • Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling point. • After approval of QC department unloading procedure will be allowed be started.

Fire,& explosion,


Toxic • Isolate the area



release • Isolate the container • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. • • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker. Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and will not be kept waiting near the gate or the main road. • Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition; Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down. • Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling point. • After approval of QC department unloading procedure will be allowed be started.

Acid Leakage& Spillage


Do the necessary containment by cordoning and neutralize by neutralizing agent • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and will not be kept waiting near the gate or the main road. • Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition; Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down. • Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling point. • After approval of QC department unloading procedure will be allowed be started.

Fire,& explosion,


Toxic release

• Isolate the area • Isolate the container . Attend the source of release and mitigate with appropriate P.P.E.s • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. •• • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and will not be kept waiting near the gate or the main road.



• Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition; Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down. • Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling point. • After approval of QC department unloading procedure will be allowed be started.



Use water spray to avoid any possibility of fire • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and will not be kept waiting near the gate or the main road. • Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition; Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down. • Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling point. • After approval of QC department unloading procedure will be allowed be started. Following precautions will be adopted during unloading • Wheel stopper will be provided to tanker at unloading platform. • Static earthing will be provided to road tanker. • Tanker unloading procedure will be followed according to check list and implemented. • Flexible SS hose connection will be done at tanker • The quantity remaining in the hose pipeline will be drained to a small underground storage tank, which will be subsequenTanker y transferred by nitrogen pressure to the main storage tank thus ensuring complete closed conditions for transfer from road tanker. • All tanker valves will be closed in tanker. • Only day time unloading will be permitted. Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank. • Level transmitter will be provided with low-level high level auto cut-off provision. • Vent will be connected to water trap and vent of water trap will be provided with flame arrestor.

Fire,& explosion,

• Use water spray to reduce vapors; • Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away from spilled material. Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and will not be kept waiting near the gate or the main road. • Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition; Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down.



• Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling point. • After approval of QC department unloading procedure will be allowed be started. Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank. • Level transmitter will be provided with low-level high level auto cut-off provision. • Vent will be connected to water trap and vent of water trap will be provided with flame arrestor.

Toxic release

• Isolate the area • Isolate the container • Check the source of leakage point. • Spray the water on leakage • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling. • TREM card will be kept with tanker. • Fire extinguishers will be kept with tanker. • Flame arrestor will be provided to tanker exhaust. • Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE. • Appropriate PPEs will be kept with tanker Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and will not be kept waiting near the gate or the main road. • Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition; Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down. • Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling point. • After approval of QC department unloading procedure will be allowed be started. Following precautions will be adopted during unloading • Wheel stopper will be provided to tanker at unloading platform. • Static earthing will be provided to road tanker. • Tanker unloading procedure will be followed according to check list and implemented. • Flexible SS hose connection will be done at tanker. • The quantity remaining in the hose pipeline will be drained to a small underground storage tank, which will be subsequenTanker y transferred by nitrogen pressure to the main storage tank thus ensuring complete closed conditions for transfer from road tanker. • All tanker valves will be closed in tanker. • Only day time unloading will be permitted. Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank. • Level transmitter will be provided with low-level high level auto cut-off provision. • Vent will be connected to water trap and vent of water trap will be provided with flame arrestor.

3 Bromine, fuels and acid& Solvents Storage tank safety





Do the necessary containment by cordoning and neutralize by neutralizing agent Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank.

Fire,& explosion,

Possibility of Fire & Explosion is unlikely

Toxic release

• Isolate the area Isolate the container Check the source of leakage point. Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material unless wearing appropriate protective clothing. Do the necessary containment by cordoning and neutralize by neutralizing agent Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank.


Isolate the area Isolate the container Check the source of leakage point. Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material unless wearing appropriate protective clothing. Do the necessary containment by cordoning and neutralize by neutralizing agent . Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank.

Fire,& explosion,

Possibility of Fire & Exposlision is unlikely

Toxic release

Isolate the area Isolate the container Check the source of leakage point. Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material unless wearing appropriate protective clothing. Do the necessary containment by cordoning and neutralize by neutralizing agent Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank.

Methanol Leakage& Spillage


Use water spray to avoid any possibility of fire Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank.

Fire,& explosion,

• Use water spray to reduce vapors; • Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away from spilled material. Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank.

Toxic release



• Isolate the area • Isolate the container • Check the source of leakage point. Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank.

4 Bromine and acid& Solvents transfer from storage tank to Day tank.


Isolate the area Isolate the container Check the source of leakage point. Proper training to operator, regular calibration of equipment’s, Proper flange guard to be available at applicable points

Fire,& explosion,

Not possible

Toxic release

Isolate the area Isolate the container Check the source of leakage point. Proper training to operator, regular calibration of equipment’s, Regular inspection and safety rounds Proper flange guard to be available at applicable points


Isolate the area Isolate the container Check the source of leakage point. Proper training to operator, regular calibration of equipment’s Regular inspection and safety rounds Proper flange guard to be available at applicable points

Fire,& explosion,

Not possible

Toxic release

Isolate the area Isolate the container Check the source of leakage point. And attend leak Proper training to operator, regular calibration of equipment’s, Regular inspection and safety rounds Proper flange guard to be available at applicable points


• Double mechanical seal type FLP type pump will be provided. • Double on / off switch will provided at tank farm and process area near day tank. Pump auto cut off with day tank high level will be provided. • Flame arrestor will be provided on day tank vent. • Over flow will be provided for additional safety and it will be connected to main storage tank. • NRV will be provided on pump discharge line. • Double Jumper clip will be provided to all solvent handling pipeline. Double static earthing will be provided to day tank.

Fire,& explosion,

• Double mechanical seal type FLP type pump will be provided. • Double on / off switch will provided at tank farm and process area near day tank. Pump auto cut off with day tank high level will be provided. • Flame arrestor will be provided on day tank vent. • Over flow will be provided for additional safety and it will be connected to main storage tank.



• NRV will be provided on pump discharge line. • Double Jumper clip will be provided to all solvent handling pipeline. Double static earthing will be provided to day tank.

Toxic release

• Double mechanical seal type FLP type pump will be provided. • Double on / off switch will provided at tank farm and process area near day tank. Pump auto cut off with day tank high level will be provided. • Flame arrestor will be provided on day tank vent. • Over flow will be provided for additional safety and it will be connected to main storage tank. • NRV will be provided on pump discharge line. • Double Jumper clip will be provided to all solvent handling pipeline. Double static earthing will be provided to day tank.

5 Transportation of Chemicals transfer from Day tank to reactor.


• Gravity transfer. Total quantity of day tank material will be charged in to reactor at a time.

Check the source of leakage point. And attend leak Proper training to operator, regular calibriation of equipments, Regular inspection and safety rounds Proper flange guard to be available at applicable points

Fire,& explosion,

Not applicable

Toxic release


Check the source of leakage point. And attend leak Proper training to operator, regular calibriation of equipments, Regular inspection and safety rounds Proper flange guard to be available at applicable points

Leakage& Spillage


Check the source of leakage point.and attend leak Proper training to operator, regular calibriation of equipments, Regular inspection and safety rounds

Proper flange guard to be available at applicable points

Fire,& explosion,

Not applicable

Toxic release


Check the source of leakage point. And attend leak Proper training to operator, regular calibration of equipment’s, Regular inspection and safety rounds

Proper flange guard to be available at applicable points


Gravity transfer. Total quantity of day tank material will be charged in to reactor at a time. • Static earthing will be provided to storage tank. • Double Jumpers will be provided to pipeline flanges Proper flange guard to be available at applicable points

Fire,& explosion,

Check the source of leakage point. And attend leak, • Static earthing will be provided to storage tank. • Double Jumpers will be provided to pipeline flanges, Proper flange guard to be available at applicable points



Toxic release

Proper training to operator, regular calibration of equipment’s, Regular inspection and safety rounds • Static earthing will be provided to storage tank. • Double Jumpers will be provided to pipeline flanges, Proper flange guard to be available at applicable points

6.26. Emergency facilities

Emergency Management Planning (EMP) should be developed considering the likely

hazards in the plant and sincerely implemented. Mock drills for various scenarios should

be carried out and results of the drills should be recorded. Weal links in the mock drills

should be strengthened.

6.27. Objectives

The Emergency Management Plan (EMP) is developed to make the best possible use of

the resources available at INTECH and the nearby agencies to provide help/assistance

in case of an emergency in the plant. The activities will include:

Rescue the victims and give them the necessary medical attention in the shortest

possible time.

Safeguard other person (evacuate them to a safer place).

Contain the incident and control it with minimum damage to human and life and

property.

Provide necessary information to families/relatives of affected persons, outside

agencies including media and statutory bodies.

6.28. Emergency Management Plan [EMP]

An outline of EMP organizational set-up necessary for chain of commands during

emergency situation in the plant is as given below. INTECH should develop EMP in the

organization and send it statutory authorities for approval and integration in District

Disaster Management Plan. A sample EMP is enclosed for reference.

In-charge – Production of the INTECH is the Chief Emergency Coordinator and he shall

be the main guiding person directing the emergency operations. He shall be assisted by:

Chief Shift Coordinator. Asst. Manager (Production)

Coordinate and direct all the activities from

Emergency site.

In absence of Asst. Manager (Prod.), Shift in

charge (Prod. I/II) will act as Chief Site

Coordinator.

Chief Maintenance Coordinator Manager-Maintenance

Coordinate all the maintenance activities from the

Emergency Control Center.

In absence of Manager (Maint.), Asst. Manager will

act as Chief Maintenance Coordinator.



Chief Service Coordinator Manager (HR)

Coordinate with local administration take care of

transport, medical, canteen arrangements, and

evacuation of people if required.

In absence of Manager (HR), Asst. Manager (P&A)

will act as Chief Service Coordinator.

Chief Material Coordinator Manager (Commercial)

In absence of Manager (Commercial), Asst.

Manager (Commercial) will act as commercial

Coordinator.

Chief Operation Coordinator Manager (Admin) is the Incident

Controller for Vehicle Control & Security

Personnel Security Officer

In absence of Security Officer, SecuritySupervisor

will act for Vehicle Control & Security Personnel

deployment.

Fire & Safety Controller In-charge (F&S)

In absence of In-charge (F&S), Supervisor. (F & S)

will act as Fire & Safety Controller and also for first

aid.

Chief Medical Controller In-charge / Manager First Aid

In absence of In-charge (Medical), Supervisor.

(Medical) will act as Chief Medical Controller and

also for first aider.

Two “Assembly Points” will be identified (based on wind direction and away from

hazardous areas) and duly marked.

Chief Service Coordinator shall contact the following senior officers stationed at Barr

during emergency.

Format for Telephone Numbers of the Authorities:

Help Line

1 Emergency Services Helpline 108

2 Rajasthan Tourism Department ,Barr 02937-284224

1.1.1.

Ambulance

3 Ambulance 102/108

4 Red Cross , Mahavir Rajkiya Hospital. 02937-284-801

Hospital

5 Govt. Community Centre ,Barr 02937-284801



6 Govt. Community Centre ,Raipur 02937-221122

7 Govt. Community Centre ,Sojat City 02932-222030

Govt Office

8 Factories and Boilers 0145-2427091

9 RPCB 02932-231616

10 RSEB 02937-284500

Fire

11 Fire Head Quarters 101

12 Fire Brigade Jaitarn 02939-222248

Police

13 Police 100

14 Barr 02937-220107

15 Raipur 02937-220777

16 Jaitaran 02939-222232

17 Sojat City 02960-222024

6.29. Responsibilities & Role of Key Personnel

6.30. Over all In-charge –In charge Production / Manager Production)

On getting the information about emergency from In-Charge (Prod.)/ First Viewer of Incident /

Supervisor rush to incident site/. Assess the overall situation and provide guidance in critical

decision-making.

6.31. Chief Site Coordinator- Manager (Prod.)

On getting the information about emergency from Supervisor Plant, inform over all

In-charge Plant (Operation).

Rush to the emergency site to assess the situation and decide to:

o Declare emergency based on amount/extent of hazards and water/air

analysis (toxic / flammable material release) and advise in charge (F&S) for

sounding emergency siren.

o Review if plant shutting down is required to contain / control the hazard.

o Review, evacuation from affected areas and sending the affected person to

a safe place.

o Advise Incident Controller and other key personnel to take necessary action.

o He will interact with Chief Service Coordinator and advise him on possible

effects on areas inside and outside the factory to initiate Off- Site Emergency

Response Plan.

o Remain in touch with Overall in-charge and inform about the situation &

actions being taken and seek his advice for the critical decisions.



6.32. Chief Maintenance Coordinator- Manager (Maintenance)

After getting information about emergency from manager concerned Plant. Inform all

concerned personnel to be on alert.

Rush to the ECC (Emergency Control Cell), assess the situation and facilitate Chief

Site Coordinator-Manager (Prod.), Maintenance support needed to tackle the

emergency.

Facilitate elect. isolation of the affected area, if required through Supervisor (E&I)

Facilitate lighting arrangements at (a) affected locations and (b) Assembly points if

required through Supervisor (E&I)

Facilitate work-shop facilities with adequate manpower if required through Manager

(Maintenance). Remain in touch with Chief Site Controller.

6.33. Chief Service Coordinator - Manager (HR)

On getting information from the Medical Coordinator rush to the Emergency Control

Centre.

Assess the situation in consultation with Chief Site Coordinator and Incident

Controller and ensure that casualties get adequate transport / medical help.

Make arrangement to shift all the persons to the safest place if called for.

Assess 'Law and Order' situation.

Inform press, TV / Radio, local authorities about the severity of situation in close co-

ordination with Chief Site Coordinator and in consultation with Over All In-charge

Inform the District Authority / local police station in case their help is required for

evacuation of personnel / preserving law and order.

Evacuation of adjoining areas and villages, if required.

Remain in touch with over all In-charge and seek his advice for the critical decisions.

6.34. Chief Material Coordinator- Manager (Materials)

Rush to the emergency control centre on receipt of the message from Chief Service

Coordinator / on hearing the emergency siren and inform Supervisor. (Store) about

the emergency.

Get the stores opened for requirement of the Firefighting/safety and other materials,

which may be required during emergency.

Assess the situation in consultation with Chief site coordinator & incident controller

for any material requirement /help at the affected site.

He will be responsible for the arrangements of trucks for movement of bulk material if

required.

Remain in touch with Chief site coordinator, Incident controller, and Chief

maintenance coordinator.



6.35. Incident Controller Concerned Plant -Manager Concerned Plant

Rush to the site of emergency after getting information from Shift In-charge assesses

the situation and immediately inform to Manager production

Take over charge from shift in charge.

Ensure that persons working in the area are safe and isolate source of toxic release

if possible.

Advise and assist in charge (F&S) for providing water curtains to contain toxic

release with in the plant battery.

Remain in touch with Chief Site Controller and other concerned officers.

Coordinate with Chief Maintenance / Chief Material coordinators for assistance

required at site.

Depending upon the severity of incident, ensure that adequate emergency services

like Medical/ Laboratory/ Mechanical/ Electrical etc. Are summoned.

Preservation of evidence as far as possible without affecting the operation of

emergency procedures to facilitate any subsequent inquiries into the causes and

circumstances, which led to the emergency.

6.36. Shift In-charge (Concerned Plant):

Immediately proceed to the site of emergency and assess the situation:

Immediately informed to Emergency Control Room (with name and location of

emergency)

During odd hours/till arrival of Fire shift I/C should act as chief fire coordinator.

Initiate the shutting down operations for controlling the hazard if unavoidable.

Cordon off the area and do not allow any body to enter the affected area without

respiratory protection (In case of toxic gas leakage).

Direct rescue operations with the help of fire and safety staff.

Open safety Almira for the use of plant personnel.

Have regard to the need for preserving evidence that could facilitate subsequent

inquiry.

Advise Supervisor of the plant to take roll call and account for missing personnel.

Hand over charge of the operation to the Manager when he arrives at site.

Ensure service agencies like Electrical, mechanical, instrumentations are mobilized

to handle the emergencies.

6.37. Security Officer Vehicle Control and Security Personnel Deployment at the Locations

Rush to the spot of emergency on getting information from Security Officer on duty

and inform Manager (HR) about emergency.



Arrange one emergency vehicle immediately for ECC.

Keep in touch with Chief Service Coordinator, Chief Site Coordinator and In-charge

(F&S).

He will act as a special rescue Coordinator at the time of evacuation of employees

and others if required.

Alerts complete staff under his control and make it available at a known point, as per

the guidance of Chief Site Coordinator / Chief Service Coordinator.

Anticipate and arrange vehicles required at emergency site in consultation with in

charge (F&S) and Chief Site Coordinator and Chief Service Coordinator.

On request send vehicles for getting plant personnel / fire personnel required for

emergency.

Arrange vehicle in consultation with Medical Coordinator / Chief Service Coordinator

for shifting injured to city hospital.

During emergency arrange for opening of relevant gates/ barriers for easy movement

of vehicles. Security Guards should be posted on these gates / barriers to prevent

unauthorized entry.

Arrange transport and temporary shelters for evacuated personnel and inform the

relatives of the affected personnel if required.

6.38. Fire & Safety Controller- In charge (F&S)

Rush to the spot of emergency after getting information from ECC and inform to

Supervisor (F&S).

Direct rescue operations under the guidance of Chief Site Coordinator/ Incident

controller if required

Ask additional help from C.S.O. for cordoning off the area and advise fire personnel

for rescue / firefighting if required

Arrange to provide water curtains, water monitors, at affected locations if required.

Organize and supervise fire-fighting operations if called or.

Provide necessary respiratory equipment to plant personnel for emergency use.

Advise Chief Site Coordinator to arrange additional help Mutual aid group /

neighbouring industries if required.

Give safety precautions to the personnel at rescue work.

6.39. Fire Control Room In-Charge

On receiving emergency message from the in charge(F&S)/ on hearing siren. Rush to

ECC and take charge of Fire Control Centre from the fire operator / fire supervisor.

Assess the situation and Call fire staff from fire barrack.

Immediately rush fire crew to emergency spot.

Inform Medical Centre for sending ambulance to emergency site.



6.40. Fire Supervisor should also ensure the following:

Supervisor to look for the wind direction and cordon off the area.

Use water monitors/hydrants/water curtains in consultation with incident/Chief site

controller.

Provide respiratory equipment’s to the plant personnel.

In case of toxic spillage at site, put foam (HAZMAT)/ sand on the spillage area.

Remain in touch with in charge(F&S).

Chief Site Co-coordinator will instruct Fire Control Room In-charge for operation of

“All Clear Siren” when the disaster is contained / controlled.

However, regular testing of siren & emergency buzzer plant control rooms for 2

minutes on every Week in afternoon is being done. All clear siren will sound for 2

minutes with a continuous sound.

6.41. Post Emergency Recovery

The post-emergency procedures discussed briefly below are designed to successfully

manage the damage / losses of an emergency event. The focus of these procedures is

to move the plant back into normal operating mode as quickly and efficiently as possible.

Immediately after the “ALL CLEAR” an emergency meeting will be held in emergency

control center to assess the loss both for men & materials, where in following will be

present with attendance records, details of injured, outside situation and preparation of

press release (if felt necessary)

Overall in charge

Chief Site Coordinator

Chief Maintenance Coordinator

Chief Service Coordinator

Incident Controller

Material Coordinator

Medical co-ordinator

Security

Fire & Safety Controller

6.42. Accident Investigation

a. As soon as possible after the emergency is over and plant operation has become normal, the investigation and analysis is to be carried out to determine the cause of the event.

b. Representatives from various disciplines will be members of the investigation and analysis team.

c. The areas of the events are to be sealed off so that tempering or alterations of the physical evidence are not likely to occur.

d. Key components are to be photographed and logged with time, place, direction etc.



e. Statements are to be taken from those who were involved with the operation or who witnessed the event.

6.43. Damage Assessment

This phase of recovery establishes the quantum of replacement machinery considered

necessary for bringing back plant to normal operation; property and personnel losses

accounted and culminates in a list of necessary repair, replacement and construction

work.

Insurance companies will be informed of the damage and requested to pay the

compensation as per claim.

6.44. Clean-up and Restoration

This phase will only begin once the investigation is complete. Reporting documentations

are to be prepared and forwarded to appropriate authorities. Repair, clean up and

restoration work to begin.

6.45. Conclusion &Recommendations

The hazard analysis and risk assessment incident scenarios indicates that incidents

mostly are not limited to plant battery limits but covers surrounding area also then. There

are possibilities of domino effect and the secondary scenario not predictable can be

worse than the primary one. The scenarios (specifically toxic hazards scenarios) are

crossing the INTECH plant boundaries. the direction of impact will be in down wind

direction (wind direction and speed varies with season).

Some of the recommendations for Tank farm storage system are as given below:

Provision of flame detectors/ thermal sensors at strategic locations in the

tank farm area.

Auto water deluge system on each bulk storage tank for inflammable liquids.

The system should automatically start taking signal from flame detectors or

thermal relay.

Fixed foam system with adequate capacity.

Human Factors: Company is having well equipped fire station and also safety

department – safety practices. Human factors role in safety cannot be ignored. Odd

hours working and over / long hours, work can drain out individual. It shows in lack of

efficiency and also the lack of paper attention the modern which chemical complex

demand. They are to be closely looked into and avoided.

‘Safety’ has unique features:

If no accident has happened so far probability of incident / accident occurring increases.

‘No accident’ / good safety record develops complacency inertia/ over confidence in the

team. This attitude gives rise to gaps / soft spots in the system giving chances to

incidents / accidents.



Safety requires novelty. Routine training practices get stale with no positive results. Look

for novel scheme of training/ safety practices to build up fresh impetus in safety.

Involvement of employees with refreshed outlook for safety is to be achieved.

INTECH will strength their safety system by introducing SOP’s, work instruction followed

by mock drill with proper intervals, fire escape routes will be marked with all fire

extinguishers putting in place with proper trained fire team. It is proposing to install fire

hydrant system also as the storage and handling of flammable material will increase.

Above all it is attitude and practice which always help in handling the incident/ accident

occurs at anywhere especially regular, fire drills and induction training program at plant

before starting the day helps in avoiding the risk. It is also going to made mandatory to

use PPE at site. Company has policy to achieve zero accident rewards system for

employs to motivate and maintain safe environment.

The hazard potential of chemicals and estimation of consequences in case of their

accidental release during storage, transportation and handling has been identified and

risk assessment has been carried out to quantify the extent of damage and suggest

recommendations for safety improvement for the proposed facilities. Risk mitigation

measures based on MCA analysis and engineering judgments are incorporated in order

to improve overall system safety and mitigate the effects of major accidents.

An effective Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to mitigate the risks involved has been

prepared. This plan defines the responsibilities and resources available to respond to the

different types of emergencies envisaged. Training exercises will be held to ensure that all

personnel are familiar with their responsibilities and that communication links are functioning

effectively.



CHAPTER 7. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

7.1. Prelude

The present study was aimed at identifying the potential environmental impacts due to

the various project activities, assessment of impact, mitigation measures, and at

developing an environmental management and monitoring plans for proper mitigation of

any adverse environmental impact. In this study, the various activities likely to take place

during the construction and operation phases of the project have been analyzed in

relation to the baseline condition of different environmental components. The mitigation

measures proposed for the construction and operation stages have been proposed and

the potential residual impacts discussed. The key points considered in this study are

described in the following sections:

7.2. Regulatory Compliance

The project is yet at its technical investigation stage. Prior to its implementation, it will be

necessary to acquire all the necessary clearance from the Government of India, as per

the applicable national regulations. Key clearances include obtaining No Objection

Certificate from the Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board (RPPCB) under The Water

(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975; The Air (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982. In addition to that Manufacture, Storage

and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter,

Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans-Boundary Movement) Rules,

2016, Bio Medical Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1998 and amendments

thereafter, Municipal Solid Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2000 and

amendments thereafter will also be applicable to the industry.

7.3. Baseline Conditions

The monitoring of the existing environmental conditions of the proposed project site and

of its close vicinity have been established with respect to physical, biological and human

environment.

The air quality of the area meets the prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards

applicable for the Residential & Rural Areas. The background noise levels were also

found well within the standards as at present most of the area is not developed.

The analysis results of ground water samples of study area indicate that ground water of

Dhoolkot, Hajiwas is not suitable for drinking due to presence of high fluoride. Overall

the ground water of Hajiwas, Dhuoolkot, project site and Road Junction of Biratiya Kalan

&Purthigarh site is not meeting the permissible limit of Indian Standard IS: 10500-2012.

7.4. Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The project entails various impacts on the study area, some negative and some positive.

This chapter concludes on the findings that emerged from the environmental assessment study and summarizes the key points to be addressed to ensure the environmental sustainability of the project during the construction and operation phases.



There is going to no adverse impact on water quality or water demand due to proposed

project. Rather overall fresh water demand will get reduced from the present level due to

treated effluent recycle.

The impact (incremental GLC) due to the new stacks were computed and all pollutants

post project GLC will be well within NAAQ norms.

There will be no adverse impact on land or noise level due to proposed project.

INTECH has taken adequate measures for EHS aspects for the proposed project. In

addition, recommendations have been made to further strengthen the EHS measures,

energy conservation and other EMP aspects.

7.5. Project Benefits

Proposed expansion project will result in considerable growth of stimulating the

industrial and commercial activities in the state. Small and medium scale industries may

be further developed as a consequence.

The project will be beneficial in govt’s target of increase the production capacity and

yield in the field of agriculture.

Increased revenue to the state by way of royalty, taxes and duties; ear foreign

exchange for our country as the primary market for all these product is export.

Overall Growth of the neighbouring area viz.: Agriculture and animal husbandry, Health

and family welfare; Watershed development; Sustainable livelihood and strengthening

of village Self Help Groups; and Infrastructure development.

In operation phase, the proposed plant would require significant workforce of non-

technical and technical persons.

Migration of persons with better education and professional experience will result in

increase of population and literacy in the surrounding villages.

Civic amenities will be substantial after the commencement of project activities. The

basic requirement of the community needs will be strengthened by extending

healthcare, educational facilities to the community, building/strengthening of existing

roads in the area.

The local population will be given preference to employment on the basis of their

eligibility and company requirement. The employment potential will ameliorate

economic conditions of these families directly and provide employment to many other

families indirectly who are involved in business and service oriented activities. The

employment of local people in primary and secondary sectors of project shall upgrade

the prosperity of the region. This in-turn will improve the socio-economic conditions of

the area.

About 100 people will be deployed temporarily during construction of the project and

about 430 people will be employed during operational stage of the project (direct or in

direct).

7.6. Conclusion and Recommendations

Based on the environmental impact assessment conducted, the following

recommendations are made:

Since regulations are fast changing in India, the project proponent must keep himself or

herself updated with respect to applicable laws and take appropriate actions in case the

provisions in some regulations undergo change.



The impacts envisaged due to construction activities will be for short limited period.

Impact due to operational activities, systems of periodic auditing and reporting shall be

adopted during the operation period to ensure that the system adheres to the EMP.

The project proponent and its team of consultants and contractors are urged to develop

a strategy for effective communication with local people. The construction team/

developer should effectively follow the suggestions made in the EMP and/ or any other

environmental measures so as not to damage the environment of the project area.

CSR activities should be further strengthened.



CHAPTER 8. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

Declaration by Experts Contributing to the Environmental Impact Assessment for Expansion of

Existing pesticide plant for manufacturing of technical grade pesticides in village – Biratiya

Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur, Distt – Pali, Rajasthan by M/s Intech Pharma Pvt Ltd.I, hereby, certify

that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator:

Name P K Srivastava

Signature

Period of involvement June 2017 to finalization of report

Contact Information: 011-30003200

Functional Area Experts

Functional Areas

Name of the Expert

Involvement

(Period and Task**)

December 2016 to finalization of report

Signature

Air Pollution Monitoring &

Control (AP)*

Y Bordia

Air pollution monitoring.

Meteorological parameter

measurement.

Identification & assessment of quantum of emission and its

Mitigation measures.

Air Quality Modeling and Prediction

(AQ)**

Sanjeev Sharma

Ambient Air Quality monitoring

network designing.

Processing of micrometeorological data for

using in model.

Air quality modelling through

ISC- Aermod for proposed

prediction of impact

Noise

Sanjeev Sharma

Monitoring of noise levels of the project site and surrounding

area.

Assessment of noise level and vibration potential due to proposed project and its

mitigation measures.

Water Pollution

(WP)*

Y Bordia

Water Quality monitoring

network designing.

Sampling of water samples

(surface and ground water).

Monitoring of water quality.

Water Balance



Functional Areas

Name of the Expert

Involvement

(Period and Task**)

December 2016 to finalization of report

Signature

Identification & assessment of quantum of water pollution and

its Mitigation measures.

ETP Suggestion.

Ecology and

Bio-diversity

Conservation

(EB)

Ratnesh Kotiyal

Conducted Ecological survey &

preparation of status report.

Application of taxonomy in

resource inventory (Flora &

Fauna)

List of species animals and

plants report.

Identification & assessment of ecological impact due to proposed project and its

Mitigation measures.

Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

(SHW)

Y Bordia

Identification of hazardous and

non-hazardous wastes.

Reuse and recycling of solid

wastes.

Handling and disposal of Non-

Hazardous solid waste &

Hazardous waste.

Risk and

Hazards (RH)

P K Srivastava

Identification of hazards due to

proposed project.

Identification of hazardous substances in the proposed

project.

Preparation of risk assessment report and onsite emergency

plan.

Land use (LU) Anil Kumar

Development of land use maps of study area using GIS / related tools, site visit for ground truth survey, finalization of land use maps

*Following category ‘B’ FAEs have worked as support FAE to category ‘A’ FAEs. Mr. Om

Prakash for Air and Water Environment

Ms. Shweta Gupta for Noise and Vibration.

** Mr. Om Prakash worked as team member in Air Quality Modelling and Prediction (AQ)



Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person

I, S.K.Jain, hereby confirm that the above-mentioned experts the Environmental Impact

Assessment for Expansion of Existing pesticide plant for manufacturing of technical grade

pesticides in village – Biratiya Kalan, Tehsil – Raipur, Distt – Pali, Rajasthan by M/s Intech

Pharma Pvt Ltd. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable

for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Name: S.K.Jain

Signature

Designation: Director, Technical

Name of the EIA Consultant organization EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.

NABET Certificate No. and date NABET/EIA/RA11/007, 19th May, 2014

EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. - Welcome to...

Documents

Transcript of EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. - Welcome to...